{"title":"Consumables \u0026 Disposables","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"1-litre-commercial-vanilla-syrup-for-coffees-and-cocktails","title":"1 Litre Commercial Vanilla Syrup for Coffees and Cocktails","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Vanilla Syrup 1Ltr is an essential ingredient for anyone looking to elevate their beverage offerings. Perfect for baristas, bartenders, and home enthusiasts alike, this syrup adds a delightful vanilla flavor to coffees, frappés, iced drinks, and cocktails. Its versatility ensures that whether you are serving a morning pick-me-up or mixing an evening cocktail, your drinks will shine with sweetness and richness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted using natural flavours, the Vanilla Syrup is free from allergens, offering a safe and delicious way to sweeten your drinks. With a convenient 1-litre size, you can prepare approximately 50 portions, making it a cost-effective addition to your kitchen or café. The recyclable PET bottle not only underscores a commitment to sustainability but also enhances the user experience, as it is easy to use and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3495kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for enhancing the flavour of coffees, frappés, iced drinks and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade with natural flavours, ensuring a delicious and allergen-free experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdd 20ml of syrup per cup size for an ideal flavour balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with pump for easy dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 Litre bottle offers approximately 50 portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecyclable PET bottle for environmentally conscious use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile ingredient for both hot and cold beverages, enhancing any drink’s taste profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAllergen-free formulation makes it a safe choice for a wider audience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy measuring with 20ml servings, ensuring a consistent flavour in every cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality natural flavours enhance drink experiences without artificial additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity significantly reduces the frequency of restocking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly packaging reflects a commitment to sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Syrup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural flavours\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a delicious taste experience without the worry of artificial ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllergen-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for all customers, expanding your beverage menu options.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCost-effective\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEach bottle serves approximately 50 drinks, making it economical for businesses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecyclable packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eContribute to environmental sustainability with every purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vanilla Syrup excels in a variety of settings, making it a favorite among professionals and home users alike. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBarista coffee shops wanting to create signature drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFull-service restaurants enhancing their beverage menus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens looking to develop gourmet iced coffees and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent planners requiring a versatile syrup for diverse drink options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile cafes needing quick flavor solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore your Vanilla Syrup in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain its quality and flavor over time. Ensure to use it with compatible dispensing pumps for easy and accurate serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do if the syrup is too sweet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjust the amount you use; starting with less syrup in your drinks can help find the perfect balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this syrup gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Vanilla Syrup is made with natural ingredients and is allergen-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! Vanilla Syrup can add a delicious flavor to baked goods and desserts as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your drinks with the rich, delightful flavor of Vanilla Syrup 1Ltr. Perfect for any beverage enthusiast, order today and transform your drink experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810485748097,"sku":"KA746","price":7.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c0a704cbd824f148e11774acbf9a44bb.png?v=1781697737"},{"product_id":"1-04l-commercial-lemon-juice-for-cocktails-and-soft-drinks","title":"1.04L Commercial Lemon Juice for Cocktails and Soft Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003e Lemon Juice is a versatile fruit puree designed for cocktail enthusiasts and culinary aficionados alike. This refreshing lemon juice offers a bright, zesty flavor that elevates drinks and dishes, making it an ideal choice for bars, restaurants, and home kitchens. With its focus on quality and taste, Lemon Juice ensures your beverages burst with the authentic taste of freshly squeezed lemons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 100% natural ingredients, this lemon juice effectively solves the challenge of sourcing fresh lemons while ensuring consistent flavor in every drop. The resealable lid allows for -lasting use after opening, making it a convenient addition to your kitchen. Without artificial additives, this product stands out by delivering genuine lemon flavor and freshness, perfect for a variety of drinks and culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.04Ltr | 36½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for mixing with cocktails and soft drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e lasting after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% natural ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResealable lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient resealable packaging allows for easy storage and minimizes waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural lemon juice enhances cocktail flavors without the bitterness of artificial additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e shelf life means you can keep it on hand for spontaneous drink-making.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfectly balanced flavor profile crafted for both mixologists and home users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile enough for both alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverage creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for culinary uses including dressings, marinades, and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% natural ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy the taste of lemons without synthetic flavors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile for multiple uses\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGreat for a variety of drinks and culinary applications, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResealable lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePreserves freshness for longer, minimizing waste and spoilage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Lemon Juice is perfect for a variety of settings, making it an essential ingredient for anyone who enjoys mixing drinks or cooking. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCrafting refreshing cocktails at bars and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhancing non-alcoholic beverages like lemonades and sodas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncorporating into culinary dishes such as dressings and marinades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUtilizing in desserts for a zesty twist on flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for parties or gatherings needing a burst of citrus flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply open the resealable lid for easy access. Store in a cool, dry place after opening to maintain freshness. Refrigeration is recommended to prolong its shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Lemon Juice in baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Lemon Juice can be used in baking to add a citrus flavor to cakes, cookies, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does Lemon Juice last after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe juice remains fresh for a time after opening, thanks to its resealable lid. For best results, it should be refrigerated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there any added sugar in Lemon Juice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, Lemon Juice contains only natural sugars found in lemons with no artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis Lemon Juice is a must-have for any culinary or cocktail enthusiast, combining convenience with authentic flavor. Order today to elevate your drink-making experience and bring a burst of freshness to your recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810491154817,"sku":"CF720","price":13.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6f40018d3376b767e93eb68bc0ae80ee.png?v=1781697764"},{"product_id":"1-04l-commercial-passion-fruit-puree-for-cocktails-and-drinks","title":"1.04L Commercial Passion Fruit Puree for Cocktails and Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Puree Passion Fruit is an exceptional fruit puree designed to elevate your cocktails and soft drinks to a new level of flavor. Ideal for bartenders and home mixologists alike, this puree offers a luscious taste that transforms beverages into tropical delights. With its rich, authentic flavor, it’s perfect for crafting exquisite cocktails or refreshing non-alcoholic drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from 100% natural ingredients, the Puree Passion Fruit solves the challenge of achieving genuine fruit flavor without artificial additives. Each batch retains the vibrant essence of fresh passion fruit, ensuring a consistently delectable outcome in every pour. Its resealable lid adds convenience, allowing you to protect the puree’s freshness for future use while avoiding spills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.04Ltr | 36½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfectly mixes with cocktails and soft drinks for an authentic tropical taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLengthy use-by date guarantees freshness and flavor retention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade with 100% natural ingredients, offering a truly authentic taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives, ensuring a clean and natural product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResealable lid prevents contamination and ensures easy storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural Taste - Experience the authentic flavor of fresh passion fruit in your drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile Use - Great for cocktails, smoothies, and even desserts, expanding your drink menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient Packaging - Resealable lid maintains freshness and simplifies storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to Use - Simply pour and mix into your beverage for immediate enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Shelf Life - The lengthy use-by date means less waste and more enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo Need for Preservatives - Keep your drinks pure with zero artificial additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural Ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou can enjoy your drinks with peace of mind knowing there are no artificial additives.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrepare multiple cocktails or servings without needing constant refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAuthentic Taste\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance your beverages with the flavor of fresh passion fruit.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient Reseal\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeep the puree fresh between uses, reducing waste and preserving quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Puree Passion Fruit is a versatile product suitable for a variety of applications. Whether you're in a kitchen or simply entertaining at home, this puree is certain to enhance the experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCocktail bars looking to expand their drink menu with fruity options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving tropical dessert items to delight customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where vibrant and flavorful drinks are essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome parties wishing to impress guests with crafted beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply store unopened purees in a cool, dry place. Once opened, ensure the cap is securely resealed after each use to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Puree Passion Fruit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place. After opening, reseal and refrigerate to keep it fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this product contain any artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, Puree Passion Fruit is made from 100% natural ingredients with no artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the recommended use-by date after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe puree has a lengthy use-by date to ensure optimal freshness, but should be consumed within a few weeks after opening for best quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your drinks with the delectable taste of Puree Passion Fruit. Order today and elevate your cocktails and soft beverages with this exquisite fruit puree.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810491416961,"sku":"CF724","price":13.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0c32df9ee577802f68c6e0903226249d.png?v=1781697771"},{"product_id":"1-04l-commercial-strawberry-fruit-puree-for-cocktails","title":"1.04L Commercial Strawberry Fruit Puree for Cocktails","description":"\u003cp\u003e Puree Strawberry is a versatile fruit puree designed for cocktail enthusiasts and bartenders. This high-quality strawberry puree aids in crafting delicious drinks that burst with authentic flavor, making it an essential ingredient for any bar or kitchen. Savor the sweetness of ripe strawberries in your cocktails or soft drinks, as well as in desserts, smoothies, and more, ensuring every sip is as refreshingly delightful as the last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 100% natural ingredients, Puree Strawberry delivers an uncompromising taste that sets it apart from competitors. With no artificial additives, you can enjoy the pure essence of strawberries with every use. The resealable lid guarantees that this flavorful puree remains fresh for longer, eliminating waste and ensuring your creations are always delicious.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.04Ltr | 36½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for mixing with cocktails and soft drinks, providing a fruity yet balanced flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting after opening, minimizing spoilage and maximizing use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% natural ingredients, ensuring a healthy choice for any recipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives, allowing for an authentic strawberry experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResealable lid for convenience, making it easy to store and preserve freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality strawberry flavor enhances cocktails and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for bartenders and home mixologists, making every drink standout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSaves time in preparation, allowing for quicker service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use in desserts and smoothies expands culinary possibilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use packaging helps maintain cleanliness during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable ingredient source promotes consistent results in your creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% natural ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy the authentic taste without artificial flavors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e shelf life\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess waste and better value for your cocktails and drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient resealable lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store and keep fresh for your next creation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Puree Strawberry excels in various culinary settings, enhancing both drinks and desserts. Its versatility makes it perfect for multiple uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCrafting signature cocktails at bars and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating refreshing non-alcoholic beverages for cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncorporating into desserts for a rich strawberry flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing into smoothies for a nutritious treat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is ready to use straight out of the container. Store in a cool, dry place, and refrigerate after opening for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the Puree Strawberry package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes in a 1.04Ltr capacity with a resealable lid for convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Puree Strawberry after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt should be refrigerated after opening to maintain freshness and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in recipes other than cocktails?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Puree Strawberry is versatile and can be used in smoothies, desserts, and various culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the pure delight of strawberries with Puree Strawberry. Perfect for creating exquisite cocktails or enhancing your recipes, this puree is a must-have in your kitchen. Order today and elevate your beverage game!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810491744641,"sku":"CF729","price":13.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0c455735352ba71f2e558267bf4f43ee.png?v=1781697777"},{"product_id":"1-04ltr-commercial-lime-juice-for-cocktails-and-soft-drinks","title":"1.04Ltr Commercial Lime Juice for Cocktails and Soft Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003e Lime Juice is a versatile fruit puree and cocktail mix that redefines the way you enjoy beverages. Perfect for both bartenders and home enthusiasts, this juice is designed to elevate your cocktails and soft drinks with its fresh lime flavor. The biggest benefit? You can easily delicious drinks without the hassle of squeezing fresh limes or worrying about spoilage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 100% natural ingredients, Lime Juice offers superior quality and taste. It provides a -lasting freshness after opening, ensuring you get the maximum utility out of every bottle. With no artificial additives and a resealable lid, this product stands out as a reliable choice for those who seek authentic flavor without unnecessary extras.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.04Ltr | 36½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% natural ingredients for an authentic taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives, ensuring a pure lime flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting freshness after opening, reducing waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResealable lid for easy storage and reusability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for mixing with a variety of cocktails and soft drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFresh lime taste - adds a zesty kick to any beverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use - perfect for cocktails, mocktails, and culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient packaging - large capacity means less frequent purchases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealthy choice - low in calories and free from unwanted additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat value - economical option for both individual and commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to pour and mix, saving you time and effort during preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% natural ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a product that’s free from artificial flavors and preservatives.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting after opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse it over weeks without worrying about it going bad.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResealable lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStore easily and pour conveniently, enhancing user experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for cocktails\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eElevate your drink-making skills with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Lime Juice is not just for cocktails; its applications are extensive across various settings and. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCrafting margaritas and mojitos at home or in bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhancing the flavor of culinary dishes in kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating refreshing non-alcoholic beverages for any event.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdding a zesty splash to marinades and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for smoothies and mocktails during summer parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the freshness of Lime Juice, make to reseal the lid tightly after each use. Store it in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for optimal longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Lime Juice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep it in a cool, dry place and reseal the lid tightly after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Lime Juice can also enhance the flavor of marinades and dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Lime Juice suitable for those avoiding artificial ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! It is made from 100% natural ingredients and contains no artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMake every sip count with Lime Juice. Its fresh, zesty flavor enhances your drinks and meals, making it a must-have in your kitchen. Order today and discover the joy of effortless mixology.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810492137857,"sku":"CF721","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6e4558812066269f1d108d64d2a38404.png?v=1781697784"},{"product_id":"1-04ltr-commercial-mango-fruit-puree-for-cocktails-and-drinks","title":"1.04Ltr Commercial Mango Fruit Puree for Cocktails and Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Puree Mango is a versatile fruit puree designed for cocktail enthusiasts and culinary creators alike. This high-quality puree delivers an authentic mango flavor, ideal for mixing into cocktails, smoothies, and even desserts. Its rich, tropical taste makes it a favorite choice among bartenders and chefs looking to elevate their offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 100% natural ingredients, the Puree Mango ensures a fresh and vibrant taste without any artificial additives. The resealable lid and shelf life after opening bring convenience to your kitchen or bar, allowing you to indulge in delightful tropical beverages any time. Enjoy the benefits of this premium fruit puree, which sets itself apart by delivering an authentic taste and clean ingredient profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.04Ltr | 36½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for mixing with cocktails and soft drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting freshness after opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from 100% natural ingredients for a genuine flavor experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial additives ensure a pure taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResealable lid for added convenience and storage ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRich, tropical mango flavor enhances any drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient for both and home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural ingredients provide a clean taste without compromise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExtended shelf-life reduces waste, ensuring you get the most out of each bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to incorporate into various recipes beyond cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResealable packaging allows you to use only what you need, storing the rest for later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% Natural Ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy peace of mind knowing your drinks are free from artificial additives.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient Packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store and reseal, minimizing mess and maximizing freshness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Lasting After Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse at your convenience without worrying about spoilage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Puree Mango excels in various settings, offering flexibility for countless applications. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhancing cocktails at bars and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating delicious smoothies for cafes or health shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdding flavor to desserts and pastries in bakeries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncorporating into sauces or dressings for a fruity twist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply open the resealable lid to use. After using, make to tightly to maintain freshness. No specific installation is required for the Puree Mango, making it easy to incorporate into your kitchen or bar setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the main ingredient in Puree Mango?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main ingredient is natural mango, providing an authentic tropical flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this puree be used in baked goods?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Puree Mango can be added to desserts, sauces, and doughs to create a fruity flavor profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it last after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe puree remains fresh for an extended period after opening when stored properly with the resealable lid in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your culinary creations with the irresistible taste of Puree Mango. Order today to bring the tropical flavor to your next cocktail or dessert masterpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810492531073,"sku":"CF723","price":13.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/83820ea4cd00b2a9e25d963594d8dbac.png?v=1781697791"},{"product_id":"1-36kg-commercial-sliced-onion-pickles-for-versatile-cooking","title":"1.36kg Commercial Sliced Onion Pickles for Versatile Cooking","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sliced Onion 1.36kg is a versatile ingredient essential for any culinary enthusiast or chef. This high-quality pickled onion product simplifies meal preparation while delivering robust flavor to your recipes. It caters to both kitchens and home cooks, ensuring that every dish benefits from the great taste of onions, minus the time-consuming chopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with care, Sliced Onion is made from high-quality ingredients, making it an excellent choice for a variety of dishes. This product solves the problem of having fresh onions that might spoil quickly, providing a longer-lasting alternative without compromising on taste. Its unique packaging features an easy-use cap with both sprinkle and spooning options, allowing for seamless application in any recipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.36kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality ingredients ensure great flavour in every serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThis product is heat treated for enhanced safety and shelf life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe Pot features an easy-use cap for convenient application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecommended storage in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use makes it a must-have for every kitchen cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient sliced form saves preparation time in meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExceptional flavor enhances salads, sandwiches, and main dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePractical packaging allows for portion control and easy storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeat-treated for longer shelf life, minimizing food waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile enough to complement a variety of cuisines and recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pickles And Vinegars\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGreat flavour profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy delicious dishes every time you cook.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHeat treated\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe to consume with a longer shelf life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-use packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient dispensing for quick and clean application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Sliced Onion excels in various culinary settings, making it an excellent choice for chefs and home cooks alike. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for enhancing flavor in sandwiches and wraps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for salads, adding a zesty punch to mixed greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat in soups and stews, providing depth and richness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient for quick stir-fries and sautéed dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for use in appetizers and finger foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the quality of Sliced Onion, store it in a cool, dry place with temperatures below 22°C \/ 72°F, away from sunlight and moisture. Close the cap tightly after each use to ensure freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Sliced Onion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place, keeping it away from direct sunlight and moisture to maintain optimal quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan Sliced Onion be used in cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this sliced onion can be used just like fresh onions in various recipes, including salads, soups, and main dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the product heat treated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Sliced Onion is heat treated, enhancing its safety and shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and flavor of Sliced Onion 1.36kg today. Perfect for every kitchen, this product is designed to make meal prep easier and tastier. Order now and elevate your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810502033793,"sku":"KA034","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fee379bca0f15456d6fbbbb58327489f.png?v=1781697947"},{"product_id":"1-89l-commercial-dark-chocolate-sauce-for-beverages-and-desserts","title":"1.89L Commercial Dark Chocolate Sauce for Beverages and Desserts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dark Chocolate Sauce - 1.89Ltr is a luxurious beverage topping designed for those who desire to enhance their drinks with rich, chocolatey flavor. Ideal for cafés, restaurants, and home beverage enthusiasts, it elevates a wide variety of beverages, from coffees and lattes to frappes and cocktails, delivering an indulgent experience with each sip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality ingredients, this chocolate sauce offers a thick, smooth texture that blends seamlessly into both hot and cold beverages. Whether you’re looking to create a gourmet coffeehouse-style drink or add a touch of to your dessert, this versatile sauce meets your needs. The generous 1.89-liter bottle provides approximately 25 servings, making it a practical choice for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 298(H) x 115(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.89 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServing Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 15-20ml for hot drinks, 10-25ml for cocktails, 20-30ml for frappes and milkshakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRich and decadent chocolate flavor that enhances various drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for both hot and cold beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for a wide range of applications, from drink toppings to dessert garnishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTransforms ordinary beverages into gourmet creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with various beverage types including coffees, lattes, and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProvides a consistent, high-quality chocolate flavor with every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to dispense and blend into drinks for a customizable experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for enhancing desserts and milkshakes with a thick, rich topping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e shelf life when stored properly, reducing waste and ensuring availability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Drink Toppings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRich, chocolatey flavor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the taste of any drink to satisfy chocolate cravings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile uses\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for cafes, bars, and home use with multiple beverage applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eThe large 1.89-liter bottle reduces the need for frequent replenishing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dark Chocolate Sauce excels in various settings, providing versatility and quality. It can be used to enhance a multitude of beverages and desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for coffee shops and cafés looking to elevate their drink menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect complement for cocktails and mocktails at bars and events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA delightful addition for dessert toppings, enhancing cakes and ice cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for home use, allowing for personalized beverage creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the Dark Chocolate Sauce in a dry, cool place under 25°C and protect it from light to maintain its quality. Ensure the cap is secure after each use to prevent contamination and preserve flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the sauce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a dry, cool place under 25°C, protected from light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many servings does the bottle provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.89-liter bottle provides approximately 25 servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used in both hot and cold drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is versatile and can be used in hot drinks like coffees and cold drinks such as frappes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your beverages and desserts with the Dark Chocolate Sauce - 1.89Ltr. Order today and indulge in the rich, decadent flavor that your drinks deserve!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810521301377,"sku":"KA767","price":70.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bd9f160212c63fd541d3609b058e7e12.png?v=1781698305"},{"product_id":"10-pack-commercial-cream-whipper-bulbs-chargers-silver","title":"10 Pack Commercial Cream Whipper Bulbs Chargers Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cream Whipper Bulbs (10 Pack) are essential for culinary enthusiasts and chefs looking to create perfectly whipped cream with ease. Designed for use with compatible cream dispensers, these bulbs enhance the whipper experience, providing a quick and efficient way to dispense fluffy whipped cream for desserts and beverages alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality steel, these cream whipper bulbs ensure durability and reliability in your kitchen operations. Each bulb allows for the transformation of 0.5 litres of cream into a generous 1.5 litres of luscious whipped cream. This innovative solution significantly reduces plating times, making it an ideal tool for busy kitchens and catering services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 65(H) x 17(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 280g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for use with multiple compatible cream whippers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to fit into your existing cream dispenser for quick preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle-use bulbs that can be recycled, promoting an eco-friendly approach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReduces the time taken to plate dishes and desserts, ensuring quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSignificantly cuts down on preparation time, allowing for efficient service during busy periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatibility with various cream dispensers, providing flexibility in your kitchen tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight yet strong construction, ensuring easy handling and effective use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEach bulb delivers optimal output, maximizing your cream yield for better cost efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick installation means less downtime and more productivity in your culinary processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle-use design mitigates contamination risks, maintaining hygiene in food service environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Cream Dispensers And Chargers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast whip time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServe desserts more quickly, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with multiple brands\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMoney-saving as you don’t have to purchase specific hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecyclable bulbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eContribute to a sustainable kitchen practice with reduced waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSingle-use efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures safe and hygienic food preparation, minimizing contamination.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cream Whipper Bulbs thrive in various culinary environments. Whether you're a chef or a home cook, these bulbs are perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where bulk cream preparation is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants aiming to enhance dessert presentations effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés serving whipped cream-topped beverages like specialty coffees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks providing quick and delicious whipped toppings on desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens looking to elevate everyday meal presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, simply fit the Cream Whipper Bulbs into compatible cream whippers such as models,, and. Ensure to follow device-specific guidelines for installation and disposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cream whipper bulbs reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the Cream Whipper Bulbs are designed for single-use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat capacity of cream can these bulbs handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bulb can whip 0.5 litres of cream into approximately 1.5 litres of whipped cream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bulbs recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the bulbs are recyclable, promoting eco-friendly disposal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and efficiency of the Cream Whipper Bulbs (10 Pack) in your kitchen. Order today to enhance your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810540634497,"sku":"CB439","price":17.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e1bd6227566c6dfbe9640d454ee1d661.png?v=1781698545"},{"product_id":"10-christmas-cracker-party-supplies-50-pack-recyclable","title":"10\" Christmas Cracker Party Supplies - 50 Pack Recyclable","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Kraft Jolly Holly Christmas Cracker 10\" (50 Pack) is the quintessential addition to your festive gatherings. Perfect for holiday parties, family dinners, or any cheerful celebration, these decorative crackers bring an element of surprise and delight. Each cracker is designed to elevate the festive atmosphere, making your event memorable and enjoyable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with care, the Kraft Jolly Holly Christmas Crackers are made from high-quality recycled board, ensuring both durability and environmental friendliness. The plastic-free contents and recyclable components solve the problem of sustainability without compromising on the fun that a Christmas cracker brings. With elegant raffia ties and charming designs, they stand out while coordinating beautifully with Jolly Holly-themed party accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Board\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 units\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDecorated with raffia recyclable ties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContents are plastic free and recyclable for an eco-friendly celebration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCracker board made from recycled materials provides a sustainable choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMatch with the Jolly Holly Kraft napkins and slipcover for cohesive décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFestive design enhances any holiday gathering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient 50-pack ensures you have enough for large events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-conscious materials reflect a commitment to sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to use and fun for guests of all ages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for enhancing the warmth and joy of the season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePairs well with other party supplies for a complete festive look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Disposable Party Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecyclable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCelebrate without guilt and help reduce waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e50-pack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsure every guest is included in the fun, no one misses out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDecorative raffia ties\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdd a touch of to your table settings effortlessly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kraft Jolly Holly Christmas Crackers are versatile and perfect for various settings throughout the holiday season. Their cheerful design makes them suitable for many.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eChristmas dinner parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate holiday events\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFamily gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNew Year celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThemed holiday events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese crackers are ready to use straight out of the package. Simply place them on your table for guests to pull apart, revealing festive surprises inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the contents of the crackers recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, all contents are plastic-free and recyclable, making them an eco-friendly choice for your celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many crackers are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kraft Jolly Holly Christmas Cracker is sold in a convenient pack of 50, perfect for any gathering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I match these crackers with other party supplies?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, these crackers are designed to be paired with the Jolly Holly Kraft napkins and slipcover for a cohesive festive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring joy to your festive with the Kraft Jolly Holly Christmas Cracker 10\" (50 Pack). Order today to ensure a beautifully decorated table filled with laughter and surprises!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810541846913,"sku":"JE979","price":67.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/13c2006f6de223a133b4602715b9bb7b.png?v=1781698573"},{"product_id":"100-pack-commercial-cream-whipper-bulbs-chargers-silver","title":"100 Pack Commercial Cream Whipper Bulbs Chargers Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bulk Offer Cream Whipper Bulbs (100 Pack) is meticulously crafted for those who take their culinary creations seriously. Ideal for pastry chefs, home bakers, and catering professionals, these cream whipper bulbs elevate your whipped cream game, enabling you to produce fluffy, velvety textures effortlessly. Each bulb is designed to enhance your ability to create perfect whipped cream every time, making this product essential for your kitchen arsenal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality steel, these cream whipper bulbs are robust and reliable, providing a dependable solution for whipping cream quickly and efficiently. Their single-use design ensures hygiene and convenience, allowing you to focus on your culinary art without the hassle of cleaning up complicated equipment. With compatibility to the cream whipper, these bulbs are perfect for achieving consistently high results, making them an ideal choice for both professionals and home enthusiasts alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 65(H) x 17(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous pack size helps to keep stocked up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits cream whipper for easy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle-use bulbs offer convenience and hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable steel construction ensures -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortlessly creates whipped cream without the mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with popular cream whippers for easy integration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to store and handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle-use design streamlines preparation processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100-pack provides excellent value for high-volume use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Cream Dispensers And Chargers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality steel material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable for consistent whipping performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with cream whipper\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasier to use with existing equipment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSingle-use design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures hygiene and eliminates cleaning hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous bulk offer\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces frequency of ordering and running out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cream whipper bulbs are versatile and suitable for various settings. From gourmet restaurants to home kitchens, they thrive in environments where quality whipped cream is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events for desserts that require whipped cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries that need consistency in whipped cream texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants enhancing customer experience with dessert presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for baking enthusiasts aiming for results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCoffee shops adding flair to drinks with whipped toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo use the Cream Whipper Bulbs, simply attach the bulb to the cream whipper, dispense the cream, and discard the bulb after use. Their straightforward installation process simplifies your workflow, making it easy for anyone to achieve delightful results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many whipped creams can I create with one bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bulb is designed for a single-use, allowing you to whip up to 0.5 liters of cream effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bulbs suitable for all cream whippers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bulbs are specifically designed to fit the cream whipper for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a specified weight per pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the entire pack weighs approximately 6kg, ensuring you have plenty of bulbs to meet your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen with the Bulk Offer Cream Whipper Bulbs (100 Pack) and ensure a seamless whipping experience every time. Order today and enhance your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810577727873,"sku":"S659","price":118.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e3a7ac28a7d5036a5bd0ab98702fee3c.png?v=1781698721"},{"product_id":"100-lime-juice-750ml-commercial-fruit-puree-and-cocktail-mix","title":"100% Lime Juice 750ml - Commercial Fruit Puree and Cocktail Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 100% Lime Juice 750ml is a versatile addition to any kitchen or bar, perfect for anyone who values fresh flavor without the hassle. This product is crafted for mixologists, home cooks, and anyone who desires the pure taste of limes in their cocktails, smoothies, or culinary creations. With this juice, you can enjoy the vibrant taste of freshly squeezed limes without the tedious process of squeezing them yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable polyethylene, the 100% Lime Juice is designed to deliver a refreshing flavor while providing convenience. This not-from-concentrate juice suspends beautifully in any cocktail, ensuring every sip is packed with the zesty goodness of lime. Plus, the juice's shelf life in both opened and unopened states means you can minimize waste and maximize enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyethylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf life (opened)\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Month\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf life (unopened)\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Months\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Info\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 Kcal\/ 108 Kj, Fat 0.15g, Carbohydrates 1.7g, Sugars 1.7g, Protein 0.07g, Salt 7.5mg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePET Bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThis 100%, not-from-concentrate juice gives the full flavour of freshly squeezed limes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe juice suspends well in cocktails, guaranteeing a great taste to the last sip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUsing this bottle means there's no need for time-consuming lime squeezing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe, one-month once-opened shelf life helps to reduce wastage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA six-month ambient temperature shelf life gives you ample time to use the juice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe gluten-free mix makes the juice suitable for those with dietary requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThis handy bottle removes the need for decanting into other containers, making it user-friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% pure lime juice - authentic flavor without additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient packaging - no need for additional storage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e shelf life - enjoy at your own pace without rush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo-risk packaging - no broken glass to worry about.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGluten-free - suitable for various dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eYields approximately 35-50 drinks per bottle - cost-effective for high use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFull flavor of fresh limes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance your cocktails and dishes with genuine lime taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use and store\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo hassle of squeezing; simply pour when you need it.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCost-effective\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet more servings at great value, perfect for both home and commercial use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for drinks, desserts, sauces, and marinades alike.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 100% Lime Juice excels in a variety of settings where flavor and convenience are key. It is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUse in bars and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cocktail preparation and entertaining guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmoothies and shakes for a tangy boost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCulinary applications in marinades and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBaking recipes that require a citrus kick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is ready to use straight from the bottle. Simply store in a cool, dry place, and refrigerate after opening to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the shelf life of 100% Lime Juice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe opened shelf life is one month, while unopened, it lasts up to six months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this lime juice gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 100% Lime Juice is gluten-free, making it suitable for those with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many servings can I expect from one bottle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can yield approximately 35-50 drinks from a single 750ml bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your culinary and mixology creations with the 100% Lime Juice 750ml. Its authentic taste and easy-use design make it a must-have in any kitchen or bar. Shop now to experience pure lime flavor without the work!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810577826177,"sku":"FA039","price":8.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6c0b5408139cf3e1f1a11539a18239c9.png?v=1781698735"},{"product_id":"100-natural-orange-food-flavouring-34g-ideal-for-baking","title":"100% Natural Orange Food Flavouring 34g Ideal for Baking","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 100% Natural Flavour Orange 25g is an essential addition for any culinary enthusiast or baker looking to elevate their creations with the vibrant essence of orange. This high-quality food flavouring is perfect for those who want to add a natural, zesty taste to their cakes, biscuits, icing, and desserts, ensuring delightful and appetizing results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted exclusively from natural ingredients, this food flavouring stands out for its purity and integrity. Free from artificial colours, preservatives, and alcohol, it promises to deliver an authentic orange flavour that enhances a wide variety of baking applications. By incorporating this flavouring into your recipes, you will solve the common problem of achieving rich, natural flavours effortlessly, distinguishing your baked goods with a homemade, touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 34g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 25g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% natural flavouring for a clean taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for all your baking and icing needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdd to cakes, biscuits, icing, and various desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colours, preservatives, and alcohol, ensuring a pure experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural ingredients - Promotes healthier baking without synthetic additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use - Perfect for various recipes, enhancing cakes, cookies, and frostings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRich flavour profile - Ensures that the bright, tangy taste of orange shines through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to use - Simply mix into your batter or icing for delightful results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial preservatives - Gives peace of mind regarding food quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact packaging - Convenient size for easy storage and usage in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Flavouring\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% natural flavouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy the taste of oranges without harmful additives.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse it in various baked goods and desserts, enhancing their appeal and taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy integration\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly add to recipes without complex processes for extraordinary flavour.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe versatility of 100% Natural Flavour Orange 25g makes it a favorite among bakers and pastry chefs alike. Here are some of the ideal uses for this flavouring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInfusing cakes with a fresh orange essence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhancing buttercream icing for a citrus twist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfecting the flavour of orange-flavored biscuits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating unique desserts like puddings and mousses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBoosting the taste of cocktail mixes or flavoring whipped cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal freshness and quality, be to store the 100% Natural Flavour Orange 25g in a cool, dry place, away from direct light. This will help maintain its flavour integrity and prevent degradation over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the orange flavouring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place, away from direct light to preserve its quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this flavouring be used in savory dishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile primarily designed for baking and desserts, the orange flavouring can also complement certain savory dishes and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the product gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product does not contain gluten among its ingredients, making it suitable for gluten-sensitive diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your baking with the authentic taste of 100% Natural Flavour Orange 25g. Order today to bring a burst of citrus delight into your kitchen creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810577924481,"sku":"HU245","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/38e26fdc37682f39d882942df47807b1.png?v=1781698741"},{"product_id":"100g-commercial-oregano-herb-high-quality-culinary-spice","title":"100g Commercial Oregano Herb - High-Quality Culinary Spice","description":"\u003cp\u003e Oregano 100g is a versatile herb that brings an authentic Italian flavor to your cooking. Whether you're a seasoned chef or a home cook, this aromatic spice enhances a variety of dishes, from pasta and pizzas to salads and marinades. With its fine and pungent qualities, this oregano is perfect for anyone looking to elevate their culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality ingredients, Oregano offers exceptional flavor without the hassle. The unique heat-treated process locks in its robust taste while ensuring longer shelf life. What sets this product apart is its easy-use cap, allowing for precise sprinkling or spooning, making it suitable for both kitchens and home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 100g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality ingredients ensure great flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis product is heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy application for end user with sprinkle and spooning option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore away from direct heat, moisture and sunlight in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for enhancing the flavor of various dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for both cooking and garnishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich Aroma - Adds a comforting and rich herbal flavor to sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine Texture - Blends seamlessly into your dishes without overpowering other ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to Use - The intuitive cap makes it simple to measure just the right amount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Shelf Life - Proper storage ensures this herb retains its flavor for longer periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile Use - Perfect for a variety of cuisines beyond just Italian.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural Ingredients - Free from artificial preservatives, focusing on pure herb flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Herbs And Spices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeliver robust and natural flavors in every sprinkle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy application cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows for precise use, reducing waste and mess.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeat-treated process\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures freshness and longevity without compromising flavor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatility in cuisine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds depth to a wide range of dishes, not limited to Italian.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Oregano is ideal for a variety of culinary scenarios, enhancing dishes across multiple cuisines. Here are some key areas where this herb excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeasoning for pasta dishes and sauces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavor enhancer in marinades for meats and fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarnish for salads and vegetable dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEssential ingredient in homemade pizza\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat addition to Mediterranean-inspired recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for homemade dressings and dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, store Oregano in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, moisture, and heat. Maintaining an optimal temperature of 10-25ºC with a maximum of 70% relative humidity will ensure freshness for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Oregano?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this oregano suitable for organic diets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Oregano is made from natural ingredients and is free from artificial preservatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this oregano for dishes other than Italian cuisine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! This versatile herb can enhance a variety of dishes, including Mediterranean and Middle Eastern recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Oregano 100g is the perfect companion for anyone looking to enrich their dishes with natural flavors. Elevate your cooking and bring the taste of traditional Italian cuisine to your kitchen. Order today to experience the authentic flavor of this exceptional herb!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810578612609,"sku":"KA007","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7b0fd307952f1ddc4ceab3a2c9c8d813.png?v=1781698795"},{"product_id":"100ml-edible-lustre-spray-red-for-cake-decorating-and-sugarcraft","title":"100ml Edible Lustre Spray Red for Cake Decorating and Sugarcraft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Edible Lustre Spray 100ml in Red is a must-have for bakers and decorators seeking to elevate their creations. Perfect for cake decorating, sugarcraft, and culinary artistry, this food colour spray provides a stunning and luxurious finish that enhances the visual appeal of cakes, cookies, and chocolates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality edible materials, this lustre spray not only enhances the aesthetic of your baked goods but also solves the common problem of achieving an even, glossy finish without the mess of traditional dusts and colourants. Compatible with spray guns (sold separately), it simplifies application, giving you the control and precision needed for results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 100g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for all aspects of cake decorating and sugarcraft work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdds a touch of luxury to cakes, cookies, and chocolates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to use for both beginners and experienced decorators alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with spray gun for effortless application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile application methods enhance creativity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick drying formula saves time in the decorating process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEdible ingredients ensure safety and peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight spray makes it easy to achieve a fine mist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-toxic and food-safe, suitable for a variety of treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to store when not in use for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLuxurious finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour baked goods will look professionally made, impressing family and friends.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy application\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time decorating and more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse it across various desserts for a consistent look throughout your baking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick drying\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess waiting time means faster, more efficient decorating.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Edible Lustre Spray is ideal for a variety of culinary applications. Its vibrant red colour and luxurious finish make it suitable for numerous dessert types and.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWedding cakes and special celebration desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCookies for holidays and themed events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eChocolates to add a sophisticated touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eArtistically designed pastries and cupcakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConfectionery items for special events or gifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, store the Edible Lustre Spray in a cool, dry place, ideally at a temperature of approximately 20 degrees Celsius. Shake well before use to ensure even distribution of the lustre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this edible spray safe for children?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Edible Lustre Spray is made from food-safe ingredients and is suitable for all ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the spray nozzle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, wipe the nozzle with a damp cloth after use to prevent clogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this spray on all types of desserts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! This spray is versatile and can be used on cakes, cookies, chocolates, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your baking projects with the Edible Lustre Spray 100ml in Red. This easy-to-use colour provides that luxurious touch you've been looking for. Order today and start impressing with your beautifully decorated treats!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810580447617,"sku":"HU200","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1c06e55d20919281c0224681bf624783.png?v=1781698844"},{"product_id":"100ml-recyclable-condiment-pots-1000-pack-eco-friendly-paper","title":"100ml Recyclable Condiment Pots - 1000 Pack Eco-Friendly Paper","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Recyclable Portion Pots 100ml (1000 Pack) are the ideal solution for caterers, food vendors, and restaurants seeking to serve condiments and small servings of soup efficiently. Designed for convenience, these pots help keep your offerings organized, while ensuring that sustainability remains a priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from FSC®-certified materials, these pots exemplify responsible sourcing without compromising on performance. Their paper composition makes them a preferred choice for environmentally-conscious businesses. With PE lining that effectively prevents leaks, these pots offer a reliable solution for serving sauces, dressings, or even small portions of soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 65(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Paper\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEthical sourcing from FSC®-certified materials for enhanced eco-friendliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecyclable through specialized recycling streams, supporting environmental initiatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLeak-proof design with PE lining ensures mess-free serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with separate paper and PET lids for comprehensive coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly construction helps reduce your business's carbon footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecialist recycling options ensure responsible disposal after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient capacity is perfect for portion control, reducing waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable paper materials maintain their integrity for various condiments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLeak-proof design allows for safe transportation of soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to stack and store, optimizing space in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Condiment Pots And Soup Cups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFSC®-certified materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour business supports sustainable practices.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eContribute to environmental conservation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLeak-proof lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy mess-free service and satisfied customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for a variety of sauces and soups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Recyclable Portion Pots are designed for versatility and convenience. They excel in a variety of settings, making them suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services, ensuring guests receive their condiments easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile vendors for on-the-go serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants providing takeout options for sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and buffets to keep self-serve stations tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePicnics or outdoor dining experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese portion pots are ready to use straight out of the pack. No assembly is required, and they can be paired with compatible lids (available separately) for added functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the pots hold liquids without leaking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the pots feature a PE lining that effectively prevents leaks, making them suitable for soups and various sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these portion pots recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are recyclable through specialist recycling streams; check locally for available options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of each pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pot has a capacity of 100ml, making them ideal for portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your serving options with the Recyclable Portion Pots 100ml (1000 Pack). Ideal for various applications, they bridge convenience and sustainability seamlessly. Order today to enhance your service capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810580545921,"sku":"HC267","price":55.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/08a875582d3d2f445fa1b9c2a36a1ee0.png?v=1781698851"},{"product_id":"10kg-binchotan-charcoal-for-commercial-barbecues","title":"10kg Binchotan Charcoal for Commercial Barbecues","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Binchotan Charcoal 10kg is the ultimate choice for barbecue enthusiasts seeking an authentic grilling experience. Derived from the finest 100% Ubame oak sourced directly from Japan, this charcoal is tailored for those who demand superior performance and remarkable flavor in their outdoor cooking. Whether you're planning a family gathering or hosting a backyard barbecue, this premium charcoal delivers exceptional heat and longevity, making it ideal for any grilling occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with unparalleled quality, the Binchotan Charcoal is free from chemicals and additives, ensuring a clean burn that enhances the natural flavors of your food. It produces minimal smoke and little flare-up, allowing you to focus on perfecting your grilling skills without the worry of unwanted flavors or excessive ash cleanup. As the king of charcoals, it stands out for its ability to provide a steady, -lasting heat of a minimum five hours, setting a new in barbecue supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContains no chemicals for a pure grilling experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBurning time of 5 hours (minimum) allows for cooking sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProduces minimal smoke and has very little flair-up for clean grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMinimal flavour tainting of food ensures authentic taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% natural material for eco-friendly grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for all charcoal BBQs enhances versatility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% Ubame oak - unmatched quality from Japan improves flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting burn time - perfect for all-day grilling without interruption\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow smoke output - ideal for urban settings and confined spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural materials - health-conscious choice for your cooking needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupports high temperatures - perfect for searing meats effectively\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMinimal ash production - simplifies cleanup after grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barbecue Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% natural charcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGrill with confidence knowing there's no harmful chemicals involved.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e burn time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy extended cooking sessions without the need for frequent refueling.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimal flare-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCook safely without worry, reducing the risk of fire hazards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSubtle flavor enhancement\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour foods retain their authentic taste, ensuring a delightful culinary experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Binchotan Charcoal excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile choice for various culinary endeavors. Whether you're grilling at home or catering an event, this charcoal ensures consistent quality and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFamily barbecues - enhance the taste of your grilled meats and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor parties - impress guests with effortless cooking and delicious flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e catering - ensure high-quality results for demanding clients\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCamping trips - lightweight packaging makes it easy to transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, simply arrange the charcoal in your barbecue grill, ensuring proper airflow for an even burn. After use, allow the charcoal to cool completely before discarding or reusing the remains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the Binchotan charcoal last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe charcoal has a minimum burning time of 5 hours, providing -lasting heat for your grilling needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this charcoal suitable for all grill types?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Binchotan charcoal is compatible with all types of charcoal BBQs, making it versatile for various setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this charcoal contain any chemicals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is made from 100% natural Ubame oak and contains no chemicals, ensuring a pure grilling experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your grilling game with Binchotan Charcoal 10kg. Enjoy clean, flavorful results every time. Order today for an unparalleled barbecue experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810582053249,"sku":"HY538","price":70.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/33eaf045f93880f5201f12c037fcab8a.png?v=1781698911"},{"product_id":"10kg-binchotan-lumpwood-charcoal-for-barbecue-supplies","title":"10kg Binchotan Lumpwood Charcoal for Barbecue Supplies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Big K Binchotan Lumpwood Charcoal 10kg is an essential addition to any barbecue enthusiast's supply list. This high-quality charcoal is crafted for those who value both flavor and efficiency in their cooking. Its unique properties ensure that everything you grill—whether it be meats, vegetables, or seafood—comes out perfectly cooked with a mouthwatering taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from dense hardwoods using traditional Japanese methods, this charcoal offers an unparalleled burning experience characterized by its rock-hard texture and distinctive hue. The Big K Binchotan Lumpwood Charcoal serves as a solution for anyone looking to achieve charcoal that is virtually smoke-free, odour-free, and produces no flames, allowing your food’s natural flavors to shine through without interference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% natural, made from dense hardwoods\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIn excess of 4 hours cooking time\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlame free, smoke free and odour free\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProduces high heat to in food moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHonouring traditional Japanese production methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVerified Purchaser\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVerified Purchaser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting burn - ideal for extended cooking sessions without frequent refueling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlame-free cooking - helps to maintain consistent temperatures for even cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSmoke-free - preserves the natural aromas of your ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh heat generation - locks in moisture for succulent grilled meats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% natural - made without chemicals, ensuring a pure grilling experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTraditional methods - guarantees quality and performance that stands the test of time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barbecue Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou can grill for hours without interruptions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo smoke or odour\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour food tastes better without any foreign flavors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh heat retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMeals are cooked quickly while retaining maximum moisture.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy peace of mind knowing you’re using an eco-friendly product.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Big K Binchotan Lumpwood Charcoal excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for grilling enthusiasts. It is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBackyard barbecues with friends and family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor events such as picnics or tailgating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to enhance their grilling techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking in traditional tandoor ovens or similar setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFor use on various grills and smokers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply light the Big K Binchotan Lumpwood Charcoal using your preferred ignition, ensuring proper ventilation during the process. Allow it to fully ignite before placing your food onto the grill for optimal results. Store remaining charcoal in a cool, dry place to maintain its quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this charcoal burn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Big K Binchotan Lumpwood Charcoal burns for over 4 hours, providing ample time for grilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for indoor grilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis charcoal is primarily designed for outdoor use due to its high heat and ignition properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes it different from regular charcoal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis charcoal is flame-free, smoke-free, and odour-free, allowing for a clean grilling experience that enhances the flavors of your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the unparalleled quality and performance of the Big K Binchotan Lumpwood Charcoal 10kg for your next barbecue. Order today to elevate your grilling game.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810582118785,"sku":"HP296","price":71.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7effe4b6e19f502c07d2cafeb9c891c3.png?v=1781698918"},{"product_id":"10kg-commercial-lumpwood-charcoal-briquettes-for-barbecues","title":"10kg Commercial Lumpwood Charcoal Briquettes for Barbecues","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Big K Restaurant Grade Briquettes Charcoal 10kg is the ultimate choice for barbecue enthusiasts seeking a superior grilling experience. Designed for both outdoor chefs and caterers, this high-quality charcoal delivers authentic flavor and exceptional heat for perfect cooking every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from natural, compressed lumpwood, this barbecue charcoal features no added substances, ensuring that your food maintains its genuine taste without interference from chemical additives. Its construction combines potency with safety, making it an ideal option for those looking to elevate their grilling game without worry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 240(H) x 240(W) x 380(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural compressed lumpwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Duration\u003c\/strong\u003e Longer lasting than charcoal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurn Characteristics\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-sparking and non-spitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOdour\u003c\/strong\u003e No added substances for authentic taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from high-quality lumpwood charcoal, it produces a rich, smoky flavor that enhances your barbecue dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConveniently packed in boxes for easy and secure storage, keeping your charcoal safe and ready for use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComprehensive safety and usage instructions are included to minimize the risk of accidents during your grilling sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher heat output ensures faster cooking times, allowing you to serve delicious meals in a shorter time frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe non-sparking and non-spitting properties significantly reduce the chances of burns, making it safer to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast heating – ensures quicker start times for your grilling adventures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -lasting burn – perfect for gatherings or multiple cooking sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical-free – promotes a healthier grilling experience without unwanted additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly – sourced from natural materials for eco-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use packaging – designed for streamlined access to your charcoal whenever you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe for indoor and outdoor use – versatility in cooking applications without compromise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barbecue Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting heat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore cooking time per use, ideal for larger gatherings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo chemical additives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures authentic flavors and healthier meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe burning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess risk of burns, making it family-friendly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelivers exceptional flavor and performance, every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Big K Restaurant Grade Briquettes Charcoal is versatile and excels in various settings, making it perfect for numerous grilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for family BBQs in the backyard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for catering events or food trucks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for camping trips where portable cooking is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for traditional grilling surfaces or modern BBQ pits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended for outdoor parties and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used in combination with various marinades to enhance flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your grilling area is clean and properly prepared before using the charcoal. Follow the safety instructions included in the packaging for optimal performance and safety during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I store the charcoal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from moisture to maintain quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this charcoal be used indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile it is designed for both indoor and outdoor use, proper ventilation is necessary when using it indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the charcoal burn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe briquettes produce a longer-lasting heat compared to charcoal, making them efficient for extended grilling sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your barbecue experience with the Big K Restaurant Grade Briquettes Charcoal 10kg. Experience untainted flavors and consistent heat output that transforms your cooking sessions. Order today and enjoy grilling like never before!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810582249857,"sku":"CM827","price":92.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e0d80cb0e86b5403ec90c7f7fb6fe255.png?v=1781698944"},{"product_id":"10kg-commercial-lumpwood-charcoal-for-barbecue-supplies","title":"10kg Commercial Lumpwood Charcoal for Barbecue Supplies","description":"\u003cp\u003e is your go-to lumpwood charcoal for sale online, perfect for grilling enthusiasts and chefs alike. This premium barbecue supply guarantees a delicious and authentic flavor experience, ensuring that every meal is infused with the robust taste that only natural charcoal can provide.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eMade entirely from 100% natural materials, boasts a quality that sets it apart. The uniform shape of the charcoal pieces guarantees consistent heating, solving common grilling problems like flare-ups and uneven cooking. It’s designed to deliver high heat output, giving food a signature char that elevates any outdoor cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 640(H) x 310(W) x 130(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% natural lumpwood contains no additives, ensuring authentic flavour transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUniformly shaped pieces deliver consistent heat for efficient cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e90-minute heating provides ample cooking time for all your barbecue needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh heat output gives food a signature char, enhancing flavour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlat bottomed bags allow for easy display and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComprehensive safety and usage instructions included for user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural composition ensures no chemical aftertaste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConsistent heat distribution enhances grilling efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExtended heating duration means less frequent refueling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy storage helps in maintaining an organized grilling area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety instructions promote responsible usage among staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design makes it an ideal choice for outdoor events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barbecue Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% natural lumpwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy pure flavors without unwanted additives.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUniformly shaped pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExperience even cooking results across all your grills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e90-minute heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCook longer without the need to continuously add charcoal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComprehensive instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsure safe and effective use, even for new staff members.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e is perfect for a variety of grilling scenarios. Whether you are hosting a backyard barbecue or running a catering kitchen, this lumpwood charcoal excels in multiple settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBackyard grilling - for memorable family gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e catering - ideal for events needing high-quality grills\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants - providing authentic charcoal flavor to dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor festivals or food trucks - easy to transport and use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e is straightforward to use. Simply light the charcoal in your grill according to the provided safety instructions, allowing it to heat for the recommended duration before placing your food on the grill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take for to ignite?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e typically ignites quickly, providing reliable heating within minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this charcoal suitable for all types of grills?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, can be used in both traditional and modern charcoal grills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there any additives in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, is made entirely from 100% natural lumpwood, with no additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your barbecue experience with, the natural choice for grilling perfection. Order today and take the first step towards unforgettable flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810582282625,"sku":"CM826","price":43.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bffa5442997c4a9c7fc5ed613ed23e87.png?v=1781698952"},{"product_id":"10ltr-commercial-pot-liners-for-bain-marie-50-pack","title":"10Ltr Commercial Pot Liners for Bain Marie - 50 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Potliners Size 9 Soup Kettle 10Ltr Pot Liner (50 Pack) is an essential item for any kitchen or catering service. Designed specifically for Gastronorm pots, these liners make it easy to keep food warm and fresh while minimizing cleanup time. With these pot liners, chefs can focus on food quality and presentation rather than worrying about scrubbing dirty pots after service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from heat-resistant polymer, these Potliners are food safe and are tailored to fit Gastronorm sizes. They not only simplify the food service process but also significantly reduce the time and resources spent on cleaning. What's more, after use, the liners can be easily disposed of in the recycling bin, making them an environmentally responsible choice for food establishments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 470(H) x 310(W) x 1(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polymer\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 740g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to prevent food from sticking, making cleanup a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of up to 105°C for effective heat retention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eShorter clean down time saves valuable hours in kitchen operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCan also be placed in a freezer for convenient food preservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant material ensures food safety and quality during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTransparent design allows for easy visibility of contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecyclable construction contributes to environmental sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKeeps food moist for longer periods, enhancing flavor and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eManufactured in the UK for reliability and quality assurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for Bain Marie use, ensuring optimal temperature holding without cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Gastronorm Liners\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy Cleanup\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo scrubbing required — just dispose of the liner!\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTime Efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning, more time serving great food.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFood Quality Preservation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps maintain moisture and temperature for the best dining experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnvironmentally Friendly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecyclable material reduces your business's carbon footprint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotliners are versatile and suitable for a variety of settings. Their robust design makes them a great fit for numerous applications in the foodservice industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to streamline foodservice operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses requiring efficient service solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups where quick turnaround and cleanup are essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing portable solutions for serving hot meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens where maintaining food quality is a top priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pot liners are easy to fit into Gastronorm pots. Simply place the liner in the pot before adding food, and after service, dispose of the used liner in the recycling bin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Potliners made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotliners are made of food-safe polymer material that is heat resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these liners be used in the freezer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Potliners can be placed in a freezer for convenient food storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these liners recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the liners are designed to be recyclable, supporting environmentally sustainable practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder your Potliners Size 9 Soup Kettle 10Ltr Pot Liner (50 Pack) today and revolutionize your food service operations. Enjoy hassle-free cleanup while ensuring your dishes maintain their flavor and presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810589720961,"sku":"CJ709","price":48.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/baf684357b7e57c6d11cf007fa2c6665.png?v=1781699209"},{"product_id":"12kg-natural-lumpwood-charcoal-for-commercial-barbecues","title":"12kg Natural Lumpwood Charcoal for Commercial Barbecues","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Big K Restaurant Natural Charcoal 12kg is the perfect choice for barbecuing enthusiasts and caterers. Designed for optimal performance, this charcoal provides the essential heat and flavor needed for an unforgettable barbecue experience. With enough supply to last through hours of cooking, it is tailored for both casual family gatherings and extensive catering services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis high-quality charcoal is made from 100% natural lumpwood, ensuring no harmful additives or chemicals disrupt your cooking. It delivers an authentic barbecue taste that enhances your dishes, setting it apart from charcoal options. Easy to light within 30 minutes and providing a high-heat output, this charcoal addresses the common challenges of slow ignition and inadequate cooking temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 650(H) x 430(W) x 180(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% natural, food-safe lumpwood charcoal with no added chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2+ hours cooking time allows for use during lengthy services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to light and ready to cook within 30 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-heat output provides fast and efficient cooking times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural charcoal promotes healthy cooking without harmful chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConsistent cooking time ensures reliable results every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick ignition saves time, getting your barbecue started faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-heat output allows you to cook various foods quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable packaging minimizes spillage and mess during storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile for home or use in various grilling settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barbecue Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% natural materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCook without harmful additives for healthier meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e cooking time\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for extended barbecue services or gatherings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient ignition\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet your barbecue going quickly with minimal effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh heat output\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve ideal grilling temperatures for quicker cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Big K Restaurant Natural Charcoal is perfect for a variety of settings and. Whether you're a home cook or a caterer, this charcoal excels in various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBackyard barbecues with friends and family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e catering events and cook-offs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurant kitchens focusing on grilled specialties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor cooking demonstrations or competitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo special installation is required for using. Simply follow the instructions for best lighting practices to ensure optimal performance of your barbecue setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does last once lit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt provides over 2 hours of cooking time, depending on various factors including the quantity used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this charcoal safe for food preparation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is made from 100% natural materials with no added chemicals, making it food-safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow quickly can I start cooking with this charcoal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis charcoal is easy to light and can be ready for cooking in about 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your grilling experience with the Big K Restaurant Natural Charcoal 12kg. Order today to enjoy delicious, authentic barbecue flavors with ease!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810618360193,"sku":"DC868","price":74.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/243deebc721432766a618e5a982c485e.png?v=1781699697"},{"product_id":"12oz-clear-rpet-smoothie-cups-800-pack-disposable-glasses","title":"12oz Clear rPET Smoothie Cups - 800 Pack Disposable Glasses","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clear rPET Smoothie Cup 12oz (800 Pack) is the perfect solution for those serving refreshing beverages like smoothies and juices. Designed for caterers, restaurants, and events, these cups offer a practical approach to enjoying drinks on the go, presenting your creations with unmatched clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality polyethylene terephthalate (rPET), these disposable glasses are not only lightweight but also shatterproof, ensuring they withstand the rigors of transport and storage. Their impressive transparency allows your colorful beverages to shine through, making them visually appealing to your customers. Moreover, the environmental commitment is reflected in the fully recyclable material, helping reduce your carbon footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e rPET\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight of cup and lid\u003c\/strong\u003e 150mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLids sold separately ()\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFully recyclable\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for smoothies and juices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n Made from durable rPET, these cups provide a sustainable option for businesses focused on eco-friendly practices. \n Their shatterproof design means fewer worries about breakage during transport or use.\n With a clear finish, they beautifully showcase the vibrant colors of your beverages.\n Lightweight construction makes handling easy, ensuring a hassle-free experience for both staff and customers.\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n High transparency for showcasing drinks enhances product appeal.\n Shatterproof design minimizes accidents and enhances safety during use.\n Fully recyclable material aligns with eco-conscious business practices.\n Lightweight structure contributes to reduced transport costs.\n Comes in a convenient 800-pack, perfect for large events or busy establishments.\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Disposable Glasses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEco-friendly materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eContribute positively to your sustainability goals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eShatterproof construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce the risk of injury and downtime in service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eClear design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttract more customers with visually appealing presentations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimize the frequency of restocking during high-volume events.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Clear rPET Smoothie Cup excels in various settings where convenient beverage service is required. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and juice bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor events and festivals\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBusiness catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSchools and universities\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePicnics and outdoor gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cups are designed for immediate use, simply fill with your beverage of choice and serve. To ensure optimal performance, avoid exposing the cups to extreme heat or direct sunlight for prolonged periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cups reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the Clear rPET Smoothie Cups are designed for single-use to ensure hygiene and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put hot liquids in these cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cups are ideal for cold beverages like smoothies and juices, not for hot liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the lids come included with the cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLids are sold separately () for these cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the Clear rPET Smoothie Cup 12oz for a reliable, eco-friendly solution to beverage service. Order today to elevate your drink presentation while supporting sustainability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810620064129,"sku":"FT996","price":172.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/951e2c6171f6a28c7bbd6659c7c9661c.png?v=1781699802"},{"product_id":"12oz-commercial-recyclable-ice-cream-pots-1000-pack","title":"12oz Commercial Recyclable Ice Cream Pots 1000 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Recyclable Ice Cream Pots 12oz (1000 Pack) is an ideal choice for anyone in the food service industry looking to serve delightful frozen treats. Specifically designed for ice cream, these pots also accommodate a variety of desserts such as sorbet, frozen yogurt, and even fresh fruit. The primary benefit of these pots is their ability to provide a reliable and environmentally conscious solution for serving delicious desserts, making them perfect for ice cream parlors, catering services, and outdoor events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality paperboard, these pots are designed for durability while maintaining their shape, minimizing spills effortlessly. Their recyclable nature allows for an eco-friendly option that meets the needs of today’s environmentally conscious businesses. With options available for one or two scoops, the Ice Cream Pots stand out due to their versatility and commitment to sustainability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 355ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 65(H) x 87(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Paperboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12oz size is ideal for serving three generous scoops of ice cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for serving a variety of frozen treats, ensuring versatility for your dessert offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecyclable through specialist recycling streams; please check locally for available options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction maintains shape and minimizes the risk of spills during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for ample servings, satisfying customer cravings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-friendly materials provide a sustainable option that appeals to environmentally conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable design helps maintain the quality of the food served, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile use means more than just ice cream; caters to multiple dessert options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient packaging in bulk of 1000 pots reduces the frequency of reordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy disposal options with recyclability promote a responsible business practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Condiment Pots And Soup Cups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco-friendly design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAligns your business with sustainable practices, appealing to environmentally aware customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge pack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCost-effective solution reduces the need for frequent purchases.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures that your desserts are served without mishaps, enhancing the customer experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Recyclable Ice Cream Pots are perfect for a variety of settings and uses. Their versatility makes them a great option in the following scenarios:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIce cream shops and parlors for selling various flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events, offering guests delightful frozen treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor festivals where easy-to-handle, disposable dishes are needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants or cafes featuring dessert menus with frozen options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks that serve ice cream and desserts on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo special installation is required for these pots. Simply use them as needed, and ensure that they are disposed of properly through recycling streams where available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of each ice cream pot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity is 355ml, ideal for serving three scoops of ice cream or equivalent desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pots recyclable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Ice Cream Pots are recyclable through specialist recycling streams, so please check local guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the pots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions of the ice cream pots are 65mm in height and 87mm in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMake your dessert service effortless and environmentally friendly with the Recyclable Ice Cream Pots 12oz (1000 Pack). Order today to enhance your dessert offerings while committing to sustainability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810621047169,"sku":"HW633","price":129.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b8ba8f065b1f78d57de8880b8ac7f391.png?v=1781699829"},{"product_id":"12oz-disposable-cold-cups-1900-pack-for-commercial-use","title":"12oz Disposable Cold Cups - 1900 Pack for Commercial Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cold Cups 12oz (1900 Pack) are the perfect disposable glasses ideal for any beverage service, whether it's soda, beer, or any other cold drinks. Designed for restaurants, hotels, and event venues, these cups offer convenience and exceptional utility, ensuring that every drink is served with a touch of style and practicality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality, 100% PEFC certified paper board, these cups provide an eco-friendly solution without compromising on sturdiness. Their double PE coating ensures that condensation is resisted, allowing for a comfortable grip for guests. These disposable cups eliminate the need for washing reusable glasses, making event management easier and more efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.34 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Patterned\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble PE coated design enhances durability and prevents leakage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for a variety of cold beverages, ensuring versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSignature design adds a distinctive touch to drink presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCondensation resistant to maintain comfort for beverage holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with RPET strawless cold cup lid for added convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eManufactured in the UK using environmentally responsible materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for events and daily use, accommodating large demands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% recyclable and made from certified paper, supporting sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to match the aesthetic, appealing to brand loyalists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy stackable design for efficient storage, saving space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight, making transport and handling simpler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle-use nature eliminates risks of cross-contamination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Disposable Glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures drinks are served safely without leaks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEco-friendly materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eContributes to your commitment to sustainability and environmental responsibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuitable for a range of beverages, making them perfect for various.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecognizable branding\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances customer experience by presenting drinks in a familiar, appealing cup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cold Cups are versatile and suitable for various settings where drinks are served. Ideal uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving chilled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events and weddings requiring convenient serving options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor festivals where portable drink service is necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels offering in-room dining or beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate events that prioritize quick and easy clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese disposable cups require no assembly or complex maintenance. Simply serve your drinks and dispose of them after use. Ensure proper disposal in accordance with local recycling guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cups suitable for both cold drinks and hot drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, these cups are specifically designed for cold drinks to ensure optimal performance and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cups be recycled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are made of 100% PEFC certified paper and are recyclable, aligning with sustainable practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the pack size of the cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cups come in a convenient pack size of 1900, making them ideal for businesses with high beverage service demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your beverage service with the Cold Cups 12oz (1900 Pack). Designed for convenience, durability, and style, they are the perfect choice for any setting. Order today to elevate your drink serving experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810622128513,"sku":"HC193","price":196.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4c125e0d2e2dd3cb4ba443ea07b0d2d9.png?v=1781699877"},{"product_id":"150g-commercial-basil-herb-seasoning-for-culinary-use","title":"150g Commercial Basil Herb Seasoning for Culinary Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Basil 150g is an essential herb for culinary enthusiasts and cooks alike. Known for its aromatic profile, this herb elevates dishes with its robust flavor, making it ideal for a variety of cuisines, from Italian pasta to Mediterranean salads. With its easy application and packaging, Basil is designed to provide convenience and satisfaction in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality ingredients, the Basil not only adds taste but also brings a burst of freshness to your meals. This product is heat treated to ensure longevity and safety, allowing you to explore a wide array of culinary creations without worrying about spoilage. The easy-to-use cap features both a sprinkle and spooning option, making it convenient for different cooking styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 150g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Info (per 100g)\u003c\/strong\u003e 976kj\/233kcal, Fat 4.07g, Saturated fat 2.16g, Carbohydrates 47.8g, Sugars 1.71g, Fibre 37.7g, Protein 23g, Salt 0.19g.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e Store away from direct heat, moisture and sunlight in a cool, dry place. Optimal temperature range is 10-25ºC with a maximum of 70% RH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile seasoning suitable for various dishes, enhancing flavors in soups, sauces, and stews.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy application with an innovative cap that allows for both sprinkling and spooning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for both chefs and home cooking, making it a staple in any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality ingredients ensure great flavour for enhanced culinary experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated for safety, allowing longer shelf life without loss of flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile use across various cuisines, from Mediterranean to Asian recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient packaging design improves usability for both professionals and home cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFulfills the need for fresh flavors without the hassle of preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow salt content allows for healthy cooking without compromising taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Herbs And Spices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeat treated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtended shelf life without loss of flavor or safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces preparation time and enhances usability in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile ingredient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds flavor to a wide range of dishes, expanding your culinary options.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow salt content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows for healthier cooking while maintaining delicious taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Basil is a versatile seasoning that shines across various culinary applications. It can be used effectively in different settings:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for seasoning soups and sauces for enhanced flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for marinades that require depth and aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent addition to vegetable dishes and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for pasta dishes, providing an authentic Italian touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for meat preparations, elevating everyday meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks well in baking, enriching the flavor of breads and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure the best flavor and longevity of this herb, store it in a cool, dry place away from heat and moisture. Follow the storage instructions carefully for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store Basil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and moisture to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this basil suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with low salt content and no artificial preservatives, it is perfect for various dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Basil in baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, this herb can enhance the flavor of various baked goods, including breads and pastries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your cooking with the Basil 150g. This versatile herb promises not just flavor but an ease of use that makes every cooking experience enjoyable. Order today and bring freshness to your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810651095425,"sku":"KA005","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/97b396909cd28ee107e556056b1f3e0f.png?v=1781700348"},{"product_id":"170mm-commercial-toastie-bags-for-grilling-600-pack","title":"170mm Commercial Toastie Bags for Grilling - 600 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Contact Grill Bag 170mm (600 Pack) is an essential tool for any café, food van, or sandwich shop, designed to make toasting sandwiches, paninis, pizzas, and flatbreads a breeze. With these specialized bags, you can achieve perfectly toasted ingredients without the mess often associated with traditional grilling methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, these toastie bags prevent grease from seeping through, ensuring the contents remain crisp and intact. The innovative design allows for even heat distribution, resulting in deliciously toasted items every time. Unlike alternatives, these bags are made to perform under high heat, providing a dependable solution for busy food preparation environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 170(W) x 160(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Kraft\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe for use in ovens, microwaves, and contact grills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood contents can be heated and served directly from the bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent grease resistance ensures bags remain intact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAvailable in four sizes to meet various needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to leave grill stripes on the food for an appealing presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for takeaway shops and coffee shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh heat tolerance – reliable for intense cooking applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGrease resistant – keeps your food looking and tasting fresh without unwanted sogginess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile usage – suitable for multiple food items, reducing the need for various products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy serving – no need for additional dishware as food can be presented straight from the bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUniform toasting – guarantees grill marks, enhancing the presentation of your food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient bulk packaging – perfect for high volume settings, minimizing restocking frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Toastie Bag\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for multiple appliances\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile use in various heating devices, streamlining your kitchen workflow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGrease resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains the quality of your food, ensuring customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHeat retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFood stays warm until served, enhancing the dining experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Contact Grill Bag is versatile and well-suited for a range of culinary environments. Its functional design ensures that it shines in various settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés serving hot sandwiches and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and vans needing quick service solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSandwich shops offering toasted items as specialties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCaterings focused on keeping food presentation top-notch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese grill bags are easy to use right out of the package. Simply place your sandwich or food item inside the bag and insert it into the grill. There are no special maintenance requirements, making cleanup and restocking seamless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these bags suitable for microwave use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Contact Grill Bags are safe to use in both microwaves and ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the bags be reused?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, these bags are designed for single-use to ensure optimal hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there different sizes available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are available in four different sizes to accommodate various food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Contact Grill Bag 170mm (600 Pack) offers convenience and reliability, ensuring your food is toasted to perfection every time. Order today and elevate your food service experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810825978241,"sku":"HP690","price":206.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c04ed3223a058fb32698f53ce7d533eb.png?v=1781704238"},{"product_id":"175ml-clear-plastic-wine-glasses-48-pack-for-events","title":"175ml Clear Plastic Wine Glasses - 48 Pack for Events","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clarity PS Wine Glasses UKCA CE 175ml (48 Pack) are specifically designed for those who appreciate the of wine in a safe and practical way. Perfect for outdoor gatherings, celebrations, and events where style meets functionality, these glasses provide a blend of sophistication and durability. They are ideal for caterers, event planners, and anyone who frequently entertains guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from exceptionally clear polystyrene, these wine glasses offer the aesthetic appeal of traditional glass without the risk of breakage. Their transparent design showcases the vibrant hues of your favorite wines while ensuring that the integrity of the drink is maintained. The UKCA CE marking signifies compliance with safety standards, making them the perfect choice for venues prioritizing both safety and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 200ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 140(H) x 68(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polystyrene\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.68kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Clarity PS Wine Glass – 175ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a of 48 glasses for large gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGlasswasher safe for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable material designed for heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExceptional clarity ensures an elegant presentation of drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction allows for consistent use without the fear of breakage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes transport easy for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUKCA CE marked means safety and compliance are assured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConveniently stackable for efficient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGlasswasher safe, promoting easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Wine Glasses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo more worrying about broken glass at events.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eElegant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the visual appeal of any beverage served.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge pack size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAlways have enough glasses for a crowd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies post-event cleanup processes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Clarity PS Wine Glasses are perfect for a variety of and venues. Whether you're hosting a casual gathering or a formal event, these glasses fit seamlessly into your plans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor events such as picnics and barbecues\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatered events where safety is a priority\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWeddings and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate events and functions\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking for stylish yet safe drinkware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal longevity, these wine glasses should be cleaned using a glasswasher, ensuring they maintain their clarity and integrity after each event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Clarity PS Wine Glasses?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity of each glass is 200ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these glasses dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the glasses are glasswasher safe for convenient cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the glasses made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wine glasses are made from high-quality polystyrene, providing durability and clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your next gathering with the and safety of the Clarity PS Wine Glasses UKCA CE 175ml. Order today to elevate your entertaining experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810826109313,"sku":"CB876","price":170.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/93beff68f45652c04eb2a2b674053864.png?v=1781704240"},{"product_id":"178mm-disposable-paper-plates-1000-pack-for-catering-events","title":"178mm Disposable Paper Plates - 1000 Pack for Catering Events","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Paper Plates 178mm (1000 Pack) is the ideal solution for anyone seeking an efficient, disposable plate option. Perfect for outdoor events, picnics, and casual gatherings, these plates offer and functionality that cater to a variety of eating. Whether you're hosting a or serving snacks, these plates simplify clean-up while providing a reliable option for your guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from quality materials, these all-purpose disposable plates are designed to handle a range of food types without compromising structural integrity. Lightweight yet sturdy, they are perfect for serving everything from entrees to desserts. Their classic color complements any decor, making them incredibly versatile for any occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAll-purpose plates designed for a variety of food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for both casual and formal gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight yet sturdy, providing reliable support for meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConveniently disposable, streamlining clean-up after events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpace-saving design that allows for easy storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures that the plates won't bend or break easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClassic design matches any theme or decoration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge pack size provides enough plates for sizable gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly option for those seeking disposable products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use across different food types, from appetizers to desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple disposal after use saves time and hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Disposable Plates And Bowls\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to carry and serve food without spills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge pack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMore plates means less searching and restocking during events.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple disposal\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time on cleaning up after meals, allowing for more time to enjoy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese disposable plates excel in various settings where convenience and reliability are priorities. They are particularly effective in the following scenarios:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor picnics and barbecues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBirthday parties and celebrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate events with -style dining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatered events where quick clean-ups are necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service for casual dining environments or takeout meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese plates require no installation or special care; simply stack them for storage and dispose of them in waste containers after use. Ensure that they are not exposed to excessive heat which could cause deformation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these plates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Paper Plates 178mm have a diameter of 178mm, making them suitable for snacks and main courses alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these plates microwave safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile they are designed for disposable use, it is advised to avoid placing them in the microwave as they may not hold up to high temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plates are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes in a generous pack of 1000 plates, making it ideal for large gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and practicality of the Paper Plates 178mm (1000 Pack). Order today and simplify your event dining experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810826207617,"sku":"CH056","price":67.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/087889e9e9d5341eef7a23cdcc70b553.png?v=1781704241"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-bicarbonate-of-soda-for-baking-ingredients","title":"1kg Commercial Bicarbonate of Soda for Baking Ingredients","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bicarbonate of Soda 1kg is an essential ingredient for any serious baker or cooking enthusiast looking to elevate their dishes. This versatile product is designed for those who demand reliability in their baking endeavors, ensuring that every recipe reaches its full potential. Whether you're creating fluffy cakes, light pastries, or perfectly risen bread, this bicarbonate of soda is your go-to solution for achieving exceptional results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with care, this baking ingredient features high-quality sodium bicarbonate that is heat treated for optimal performance. The fine crystalline powder ensures easy integration into your recipes, solving the common problems of uneven rising and flavor imbalance. With a legacy of providing top-notch ingredients for over fifty years, stands apart with its commitment to quality and service, grounded in the experience of their technical and quality assurance teams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Food grade (ii) Sodium Bicarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e This product is heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pot features an easy-use cap with sprinkle and spooning options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine texture for smooth incorporation into batters and doughs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for a variety of baking applications, enhancing the texture and leavening of baked goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple to store and maintain, ensuring -lasting quality in your pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for both and home bakers, making baking accessible to all skill levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality ingredient that delivers consistent results every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile product suitable for various baking applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use packaging for hassle-free measuring and dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e shelf life when stored correctly, ensuring availability for spontaneous baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports a wide range of recipes, from savory dishes to sweet treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrusted by professionals, bringing a culinary edge to home baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Baking Ingredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperior Quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfidence in every recipe, achieving -level baking at home.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess time fussing with measurements allows for a more enjoyable baking experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile Usage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides flexibility in your cooking, inviting creativity in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -Lasting Shelf Life\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCuts down on waste and ensures you are always ready to bake when inspiration strikes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bicarbonate of soda excels across various culinary applications, making it a must-have in every kitchen. Its versatility lends itself beautifully to a wide array of recipes, ensuring it meets the needs of both professionals and home cooks alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for baking bread, cakes, and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for recipes requiring a leavening agent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful in making savory dishes rise beautifully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for tenderizing meat, enhancing texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also be used in homemade cleaning solutions for an environmentally friendly option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal results, store Bicarbonate of Soda in a cool, dry place away from moisture to maintain its quality and effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain its quality, store in a cool, dry place away from moisture and contaminants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use bicarbonate of soda for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be used in homemade cleaning solutions due to its mild abrasive properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Bicarbonate of Soda is plant-based and suitable for vegan diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your baking with the Bicarbonate of Soda 1kg. Order today to experience the perfect rise and flavor in your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829648257,"sku":"KA042","price":22.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8796d89a4c1b6ab4540a709ea64c161c.png?v=1781704367"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-coffee-beans-100-arabica-blend","title":"1kg Commercial Coffee Beans - 100% Arabica Blend","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe No.3 Excelso Coffee Beans 1kg is the ideal choice for coffee enthusiasts and casual drinkers alike. Sourced from the finest 100% Arabica beans, this exquisite blend promises a delightful brewing experience. With every cup, you'll enjoy a symphony of sweet, fruity notes combined with complex acidity, culminating in a perfect finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-roasted and packed in the UK, these coffee beans offer exceptional quality and taste. The blend is crafted using a washed process, ensuring that every sip delivers a clean and invigorating flavor. Designed for those who appreciate the nuances of fine coffee, the No.3 provides the flexibility of grinding your beans to suit your brewing, whether it’s a French press, espresso machine, or drip coffee maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee Details\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Arabica, Washed Process, 1300-1650m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavour Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e Gooseberry, Wine Gums, Praline\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e Blended, roasted coffee beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Info\u003c\/strong\u003e 0kJ\/0Kcal, Fat 0g, Saturated fat 0g, Carbohydrates 0g, sugar 0g, Fibre 0g, Protein 0.1g, Salt 0.002g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFreshly roasted for vibrant flavor in every cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile grind options to match your preferred brewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally considerate packaging, suitable for your coffee ritual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSweet and fruity flavor profile enhances your coffee experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting finish allows for enjoyment beyond the last sip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComplex acidity stimulates the palate, perfect for tasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible grinding options cater to all coffee brewing preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHand-roasting technique preserves the integrity of the beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight 1kg package is easy to store and handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Coffee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% Arabica Beans\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuperior quality and taste guarantee a rich coffee experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHand-Roasted\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEach batch is crafted with care for consistently high flavor extraction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Grinding\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy your coffee brewed any way you like – from fine espresso to coarse French press.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural Flavor Notes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExperience a unique palette that excites your taste buds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.3 Excelso Coffee Beans are perfect for various settings and. Here are some of the ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome brewing for a personal café experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffices seeking a quality coffee break.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGifts for coffee lovers and connoisseurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecial events and gatherings, elevating the beverage selection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés looking to enhance their menu with unique flavor profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the freshest flavor, store the beans away from direct sunlight and avoid refrigeration. For optimal taste, use within two weeks of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of coffee beans are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.3 features 100% Arabica coffee beans, renowned for their sweet and fruity flavor profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the coffee beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the beans away from direct sunlight and avoid refrigeration. Ensure to consume them within two weeks of opening for the best taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat flavor notes can I expect?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou will enjoy a complex flavor with notes of gooseberry, wine gums, and praline, ensuring an exciting tasting experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReinforce your coffee rituals with the No.3 Excelso Coffee Beans 1kg. Elevate your brew and indulge in a memorable coffee experience at home or in the office. Order today and savor the rich flavors!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829681025,"sku":"HS532","price":42.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0ab7c353a20a5dbe6fca3fe6822a3b17.png?v=1781704367"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-coffee-beans-blended-arabica-for-grinding","title":"1kg Commercial Coffee Beans - Blended Arabica for Grinding","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe No.2 Coffee Beans 1kg is an ideal choice for coffee enthusiasts seeking rich, full-bodied flavor with every brew. Perfect for those who appreciate the complex profile of 100% Arabica coffee, these beans deliver a delightful experience that elevates your morning ritual or afternoon pick-me-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from expertly blended and roasted coffee beans, the No.2 combines convenience and quality. With the ability to grind these 1kg beans to your preferred coarseness, you can create a customized coffee experience. Hand-roasted and packed in the UK, this coffee offers a unique taste journey with flavor notes of cocoa, molasses, and dark chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e Blended, roasted coffee beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee Details\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Arabica, Natural Process, 800-1200m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Info\u003c\/strong\u003e 0kJ\/0Kcal, Fat 0g, Saturated fat 0g, Carbohydrates 0g, Sugar 0g, Fibre 0g, Protein 0.1g, Salt 0.002g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavour Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e Cocoa, Molasses, Dark Chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrind your own coffee for customized freshness and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNuts and sweetness complement each other for a balanced cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-roasted to perfection for an authentic taste experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for coffee aficionados wanting a robust, aromatic brew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% Arabica coffee ensures a smooth texture and rich flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural processing enhances the beans' inherent sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile usage allows for various brewing methods from espresso to French press.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep flavor profile with notes of cocoa and dark chocolate caters to various palates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-roasted in small batches for controlled quality and flavor consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for both personal enjoyment and entertaining guests with exceptional coffee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Coffee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Arabica\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a smooth and refined coffee experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRich Flavor Notes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDive into a coffee rich with cocoa and dark chocolate flavors that delights the taste buds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-Roasted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuaranteed quality with every batch, ensuring that you're enjoying freshly roasted coffee.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom Grind Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreate coffee tailored to your brewing for optimal flavor extraction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.2 Coffee Beans excel in various settings, making them versatile for any coffee lover. From home brewing to café use, these beans meet the needs of different.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for home brewing enthusiasts looking to enhance their coffee game.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for cafés wanting to offer a rich and flavorful coffee option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for preparing espresso, pour-over, or French press coffee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for those hosting gatherings and wanting to impress guests with gourmet coffee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent for both everyday consumption and special.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the beans in a cool, dark place, away from direct sunlight. To maintain freshness, avoid refrigeration and consume within 2 weeks of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the coffee beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the beans in an airtight container away from light and moisture for optimal freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these beans in any coffee maker?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, these beans are versatile and can be used in espresso machines, drip coffee makers, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grind is best for different brewing methods?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor espresso, a fine grind is recommended, while coarser grinds are better for French press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the robust yet nuanced flavors of the No.2 Coffee Beans 1kg and bring a café-quality brew to your home. Order today and elevate your coffee experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829713793,"sku":"HS529","price":42.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2fea215d4b09dcc807f88a5b6e618d6f.png?v=1781704367"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-coffee-beans-blend-for-espresso-and-drip-brew","title":"1kg Commercial Coffee Beans Blend for Espresso and Drip Brew","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe No.1 Classico Coffee Beans 1kg is the perfect choice for coffee enthusiasts seeking a bold, robust flavor. Specifically crafted for those who appreciate the richness of Italian-style coffee, this blend delivers an exceptional taste experience that can elevate your mornings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese coffee beans are a blend of Arabica and Robusta varieties that are ethically sourced and expertly hand-roasted in the UK. The focus on natural processing and premium ingredients creates a fulfilling cup of coffee that satisfies your cravings. With the ability to grind your own beans, you can customize each brew to your liking, ensuring a fresh and flavorful cup every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee Details\u003c\/strong\u003e Arabica and Robusta, Natural Process, 800-1200m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavour Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e Punchy, Praline, Milk Chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin\u003c\/strong\u003e Ethically sourced and hand-roasted in the UK\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGrind your own way for the freshest flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the Italian-style coffee enthusiast\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStore away from direct sunlight for optimal freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUse within 2 weeks of opening to enjoy the best flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBold flavor profile that satisfies coffee lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile blend suitable for various brewing methods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHand-roasted craftsmanship enhances flavor complexity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntense aroma makes every brewing moment special.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEthical sourcing practices contribute to sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCustomizable grind options allow for personal preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Coffee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEthically sourced\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou support responsible farming practices.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHand-roasted\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEach bean receives careful attention for rich flavors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDiverse flavor notes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a complex, satisfying taste in every sip.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustom grind\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly tailored brews to match your preferred taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.1 Classico Coffee Beans excel in various settings, making them a versatile choice for different.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for home brewing on lazy mornings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for coffee shops seeking rich offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for office settings to energize workdays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent for social gatherings or brunches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupportive of latte art for creative coffee lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the best flavor and quality, store the beans in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. After opening, consume within 2 weeks for optimal taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of coffee beans are in this blend?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.1 Classico contains a blend of Arabica and Robusta coffee beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the coffee beans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the beans away from direct sunlight and in a cool, dry place. Avoid refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow fresh is the coffee once opened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best flavor experience, it's recommended to use the coffee within 2 weeks of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the rich, bold flavors of No.1 Classico Coffee Beans. Elevate your coffee experience today and enjoy the taste of expertly crafted coffee in the comfort of your home. Order now to delight your senses!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829746561,"sku":"HS525","price":42.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d8424a8747ce77348e0a08355cb6ed87.png?v=1781704368"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-coffee-blend-omni-grind-for-cafetiere-and-filter","title":"1kg Commercial Coffee Blend Omni Grind for Cafetiere and Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe No.1 Classico Coffee Omni Grind 1kg is a meticulously crafted coffee blend designed for coffee enthusiasts. Ideal for those who appreciate a rich and bold flavor, this coffee is perfect for brewing in both cafetiere and filter machines. Its robust character makes it a standout choice for anyone looking to elevate their coffee experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-roasted in the UK, the No.1 Classico Coffee is made from a blend of high-quality Arabica and Robusta beans, sourced from elevations between 800 to 1200 meters. This careful selection and roasting process ensures that every sip delivers a punchy, satisfying taste with notes of praline and milk chocolate. The coffee is packaged to maintain freshness, solving the common problem of stale coffee that diminishes the overall flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg – ground, suitable for cafetiere and filter coffee machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee Details\u003c\/strong\u003e Arabica and Robusta, Natural Process, 800-1200m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavour Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e Punchy, Praline, Milk Chocolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e Store away from direct sunlight. Do not refrigerate. Use within 2 weeks of opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA bold and punchy blend, perfect for Italian-style coffee lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHand-roasted to ensure exceptional quality and rich flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUnique blend enhances taste profiles for any coffee preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBalanced blend of Arabica and Robusta gives depth and richness to every cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCarefully sourced ingredients ensure superior quality and taste consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAvailable in an omni grind to suit various brewing methods, adding convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePacked with flavor notes that appeal to a wide range of palates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHand-roasting preserves the oils and essences, enhancing aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThoughtful storage guidance ensures you enjoy fresh coffee longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Coffee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBold flavor profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a robust and satisfying coffee experience every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile omni grind\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUse in various brewing methods without compromising taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHand-roasted quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEach batch is carefully prepared for the best flavor extraction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDistinct flavor notes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIndulge in a unique tasting experience with every cup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.1 Classico Coffee is ideal for a variety of settings and, making it a versatile choice for any coffee drinker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for morning brew at home or office.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for coffee shops looking to offer high-quality blends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for entertaining guests who appreciate gourmet coffee.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for cafes that want to provide a memorable coffee experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA favorite among baristas and coffee hobbyists for its bold flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo enjoy the optimal flavor, ensure you store the coffee away from light and moisture. Use it within two weeks of opening to maintain the best taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of brewing methods can I use with the No.1 Classico Coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis coffee is suitable for cafetiere and filter coffee machines, making it versatile for different brewing preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I store the coffee once opened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is recommended to use the coffee within two weeks of opening for the best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat flavor profile can I expect from this coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coffee offers a punchy flavor with notes of praline and milk chocolate, making it rich and satisfying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEmbrace the bold and punchy flavor of No.1 Classico Coffee by adding it to your collection today. Elevate your coffee ritual and enjoy every cup to the fullest.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829779329,"sku":"HS526","price":42.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3af91e406981def059d599f3e8b45ba9.png?v=1781704368"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-hot-chocolate-powder-pouch-for-hotel-refreshments","title":"1kg Commercial Hot Chocolate Powder Pouch for Refreshments","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hot Chocolate Powder Pouch 1kg is a delightful addition to room refreshments, designed to satisfy the cravings of guests looking for a comforting beverage. Perfect for rooms, cafes, and restaurants, this rich hot chocolate powder offers a quick and indulgent treat that warms the soul. With each scoop, you’ll bring the luxurious taste of velvety chocolate to life, ensuring every sip is a moment of bliss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade with high-quality ingredients, this hot chocolate powder combines cocoa butter, sugar, and skimmed milk powder, resulting in a smooth and creamy drink experience. Unlike many powdered beverages, it contains no artificial colors, flavors, or preservatives. This attention to quality not only enhances flavor but also aligns with a more health-conscious lifestyle, appealing to those who appreciate natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours, flavours or preservatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eApproved by The Vegetarian Society\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade with a blend of cocoa butter, sugar and skimmed milk powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eApprox. 35 servings per 1kg pouch, based on one 28g scoop to make a 12oz drink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo artificial elements – Enjoy peace of mind with a natural beverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVegetarian Society approved – Suitable for a broad range of dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRich cocoa butter content – Adds to the creamy texture and luxurious taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous serving capacity – Perfect for hotels with high guest turnover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick preparation – Ideal for busy environments needing efficient service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch – Maintains freshness for multiple uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Room Refreshments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour guests enjoy a wholesome hot chocolate experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo need for complex brewing methods, just mix and serve.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEconomical servings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess waste with approximately 35 servings per pouch.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hot Chocolate Powder is versatile and excels in various settings. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e rooms – An inviting refreshment for guests at any time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes – A delightful menu addition to attract customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants – Perfect for dessert pairing after meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents – A comforting beverage option for gatherings and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWaiting areas – A warm treat for customers in offices or clinics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the pouch is stored in a cool, dry place. After each use, reseal the pack to maintain the freshness and quality of the hot chocolate powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes this hot chocolate different from others?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hot chocolate is made from natural ingredients without artificial additives, providing a richer and creamier taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the hot chocolate powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it in a cool, dry place and reseal the pouch after each use to ensure optimal freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many servings can I expect from one pouch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1kg pouch provides approximately 35 servings when using a 28g scoop to create a 12oz drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndulge your guests in the warmth and comfort of luxurious Hot Chocolate Powder. Order today and elevate your room refreshments to a new level of satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829812097,"sku":"KA680","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/669bf95a5a86fb0ccd43c5f8c29890c3.png?v=1781704368"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-coffee-omni-grind-suitable-for-cafetiere-and-filter","title":"1kg Commercial Coffee Omni Grind Suitable for Cafetiere and Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe No.3 Excelso Coffee Omni Grind 1kg is a meticulously crafted coffee blend designed for coffee enthusiasts. This exceptional offering is perfect for anyone who appreciates rich flavors and a refined coffee experience. Enjoy a brew that tantalizes your taste buds with its sweet and fruity notes, making each cup a delightful journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHand-roasted and packed in the UK, this coffee's quality is guaranteed. Made from 100% Arabica beans sourced from high-altitude farms, it assures a clean and vibrant cup. The omni grind versatility means it works flawlessly with both cafetieres and filter coffee machines, making it ideal for home brewing or catering to social. Discover a coffee that stands out due to its unique flavor profile and consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrind Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Omni grind - suitable for cafetiere and filter coffee machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIngredients\u003c\/strong\u003e Blended, roasted coffee beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Arabica, Washed Process, grown at 1300-1650m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e Gooseberry, Wine Gums, Praline\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Info\u003c\/strong\u003e 0kJ\/0Kcal, Fat 0g, Saturated fat 0g, Carbohydrates 0g, Sugar 0g, Fibre 0g, Protein 0.1g, Salt 0.002g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSweet and fruity profile that leaves a -lasting finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComplex acidity that makes for an engaging taste experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHand-roasted to ensure the highest quality and flavor retention.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for casual drinkers or serious aficionados alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile omni grind allows for flexibility in brewing methods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e100% Arabica beans deliver a refined and elegant flavor profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-altitude sourcing enhances the sweetness and complexity of taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHand-roasting process maintains the integrity of the flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExtended shelf life when stored properly means you can savor at your leisure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNutritious with no calories, perfect for guilt-free indulgence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Coffee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComplex Flavor Profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a rich, multi-layered taste with every cup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% Arabica Beans\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIndulge in smooth coffee that isn't overly bitter.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Omni Grind\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWorks perfectly with various brewing methods for convenience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.3 Excelso Coffee is versatile and can be enjoyed in various settings. It shines not only in personal kitchens but also in environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome coffee brewers looking for quality at affordable pricing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés wanting to offer a unique, flavorful coffee experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffices aiming to enhance their coffee break culture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent planners seeking reliable and delicious coffee choices for gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo preserve the coffee's freshness, store it in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not refrigerate. For optimal flavor, consume within two weeks after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the grind type of this coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.3 Excelso Coffee features an omni grind that's suitable for both cafetieres and filter coffee machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the flavor notes in this coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis coffee offers a delightful blend of gooseberry, wine gums, and praline, creating a unique taste experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the coffee in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and avoid refrigeration to maintain its quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSavor the unique and delightful flavors of the No.3 Excelso Coffee Omni Grind. Order today to experience your new favorite brew!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829844865,"sku":"HS533","price":42.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fac944a8affe6726b66baef02731db4a.png?v=1781704368"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-mini-marshmallows-for-toppings-and-desserts","title":"1kg Commercial Mini Marshmallows for Toppings and Desserts","description":"\u003cp\u003eMini Marshmallows (1x 1kg) are the perfect sweet treat for those who enjoy indulging in delightful flavors and fluffy textures. Ideal for casual gatherings, movie nights, or simply for a sweet snack, these mini marshmallows offer a versatile addition to your pantry. With their light and airy consistency, they are to elevate your desserts and beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eMade with quality ingredients, these gluten-free marshmallows bring a touch of nostalgia and joy to any occasion. Whether you're topping off a hot chocolate or creating the perfect milkshake, their melt-in-your-mouth experience solves the problem of ordinary toppings. Unlike larger marshmallows, these mini versions ensure that every bite is equally delightful, making them a favored choice among marshmallow lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for toppings on hot chocolate and milkshakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGluten-free for a worry-free indulgence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelicately fluffy texture that melts in your mouth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConveniently packaged for sharing or personal enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to store for a -lasting treat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFluffy and light — a delightful addition to desserts and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile usage — perfect for baking, snacking, or party fun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGluten-free — safe for those with gluten sensitivities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to measure — convenient for various recipes and topping needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e shelf life — keep them fresh for whenever cravings strike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eApproved by verified purchasers — trusted by many for quality and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Sweets And Chocolates\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGluten-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy without worry of gluten sensitivities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for various — from snacking to special treats.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eApproved quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCan trust the flavor and texture preferred by many.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMini marshmallows find their place in a variety of settings and are perfect for numerous applications. Their flexibility makes them a delightful addition to any occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTop your favorite hot chocolate for an indulgent treat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdd them to milkshakes for a fun, textural twist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for baking marshmallow-filled cookies or brownies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for use in s'mores during camping trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhance desserts at parties, making them visually appealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for gift bags or party favors at celebrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply store in a cool, dry place to maintain freshness. There is no specific installation needed, making them easy to use whenever cravings strike.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these mini marshmallows gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, these mini marshmallows are gluten-free, making them suitable for those with gluten sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the nutritional value per 100g?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer 100g, these marshmallows contain 1453kj \/ 342kcal of, along with 0.5g of fat and 80.2g of carbohydrates, which includes 54.3g of sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store these mini marshmallows?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep them in a cool, dry place, and they will last for a time while maintaining their delightful texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the joy of treating yourself and others with Mini Marshmallows (1x 1kg). Order today and elevate your desserts and snacks with this delightful addition!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829910401,"sku":"CJ568","price":29.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e0fb3ff434fe8b0fde99eab968158df0.png?v=1781704372"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-rough-cut-demerara-sugar-cubes-for-drinks","title":"1kg Commercial Rough Cut Demerara Sugar Cubes for Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003eTate \u0026amp; Lyle Rough Cut Demerara Sugar Cubes 1kg is a delightful sweetener designed for those who appreciate the natural taste of sugar. Ideal for any workplace or home setting, these sugar cubes provide the perfect touch of sweetness to your beverages, whether it's a hot cup of tea or coffee. Their distinctive golden-brown color and rough cut ensure that every cube carries a rich, unrefined flavor that enhances your drinking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from the natural juice of sugar cane, Tate \u0026amp; Lyle has prioritized quality and sustainability. The unsophisticated, large-grain sugar not only elevates your drink but also supports Fairtrade practices, ensuring that producers in developing countries receive a better deal. Available in a convenient 1kg pack, these sugar cubes are easy to store and use, making them a practical choice for any occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.07kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Golden-brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrain Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Rough cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFairtrade\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUnrefined with large grains that enhance flavor and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFairtrade certified, contributing to a positive impact on sugar cane farmers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for sweetening beverages, providing a simple yet effective solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact cube size makes for easy handling and portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural origins from sugar cane, ensuring a genuine taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural sweetness without additives, allowing for pure enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRough cut form creates a unique texture, enhancing your beverage experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupports ethical sourcing, making each purchase more meaningful.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient packaging that fits well in any kitchen or office.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile usage for a variety of drinks and culinary applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to store and dispense, ensuring no mess during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Sugar And Sweetener\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUnrefined sugar\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy authentic flavor without extra processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFairtrade certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eContribute to sustainable farming practices that help communities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly sized cubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use and ideal for portion control in drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTate \u0026amp; Lyle Rough Cut Demerara Sugar Cubes excel in various environments, making them suitable for a range of uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffices, for coffee and tea stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants, adding an elegant touch to beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens, perfect for daily use and entertaining.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and gatherings, providing guests with a sophisticated sweetener option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering, easy to transport and serve in bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply open the packaging and store the sugar cubes in a cool, dry place. No special installation is required; they are ready to use straight from the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the sugar cubes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place to maintain quality and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these sugar cubes suitable for baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile primarily designed for beverages, they can be used in baking for added texture and sweetness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes these sugar cubes different from regular granulated sugar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cubes are unrefined and maintain larger grains, offering a richer flavor and ethical sourcing through Fairtrade practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the authentic taste of Tate \u0026amp; Lyle Rough Cut Demerara Sugar Cubes 1kg today. Ideal for enhancing your beverages with a natural sweetness, these sugar cubes are a delightful choice for any occasion. Order now and enjoy the rich, unrefined flavor that makes every drink special.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830172545,"sku":"HP981","price":94.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cfa425de69443b3a96d8be13456e8646.png?v=1781704373"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-multicoloured-sugar-strands-for-drink-toppings","title":"1kg Commercial Multicoloured Sugar Strands for Drink Toppings","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Multicoloured Sugar Strands 1kg are an essential addition for anyone looking to enhance their culinary creations. Designed for both bakers and home cooks, these versatile drink toppings offer a delightful way to add a splash of colour and sweetness to your desserts and beverages. Whether you're decorating cakes, topping off a sundae, or sprucing up your hot chocolate, these sugar strands elevate any treat into a visual and flavorful masterpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, the sugar strands are not only appealing to the eye but also gluten-free, making them suitable for a wide range of dietary preferences. The 1kg foodservice pack is perfect for those who need a generous supply, ensuring you never run out when it's time to impress your guests. With their vibrant hues and delightful taste, these sugar strands solve the problem of dull presentations, giving you the ability to create stunning, eye-catching desserts with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for decorating cakes and pastries\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for topping desserts and beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1kg foodservice pack for ample supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGluten free for inclusive catering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEye-catching colours that enhance dessert presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile application for cakes, milkshakes, and hot drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to use, making decorating a quick and enjoyable process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGluten-free option, suitable for a variety of diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge pack size ensures you have plenty for multiple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality ingredients for great taste and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Drink Topping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVibrant multi-colour options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTransforms ordinary desserts into visual delights.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGluten free\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for guests with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy application\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time in the kitchen with minimal effort required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous 1kg pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient for large gatherings or regular use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Multicoloured Sugar Strands are perfect for a variety of settings and. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for cake decorating\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés looking to enhance beverage presentations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eParty planners wanting to create themed treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome bakers preparing for special events or celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFundraisers where eye-catching desserts draw crowds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply sprinkle the sugar strands over your creations for a quick and colorful finish. Store in a cool, dry place to maintain freshness and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the sugar strands?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore them in a cool, dry environment to keep them fresh and maintain their quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the sugar strands suitable for all ages?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the sugar strands are safe for all ages, but supervision is advised for young children to avoid choking hazards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these sugar strands for savory dishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sugar strands are designed for sweet applications and are best suited for desserts and beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your culinary creations with the Multicoloured Sugar Strands 1kg. Perfect for decorators of all skill levels, they offer an easy way to bring colour and sweetness into your kitchen. Shop now to unleash your creativity!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830205313,"sku":"HU137","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/92aa8a37fa893b112fa145a4e457484f.png?v=1781704373"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-spiced-chai-powder-for-refreshing-lattes","title":"1kg Commercial Spiced Chai Powder for Refreshing Lattes","description":"\u003cp\u003e Chai Powder 1kg offers a delightful blend perfect for chai tea enthusiasts and those seeking a comforting beverage experience. This versatile chai powder is designed for anyone who appreciates the aromatic and flavorful taste of spiced chai, making it simple to prepare a delicious chai latte at home or in a commercial setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with quality ingredients, this chai powder is both vegetarian certified and suitable for halal diets. Its unique blend of spices delivers warmth and richness in every sip, making it a wonderful choice for chilly mornings or cozy evenings. The convenient packaging, containing 29 servings, ensures that you'll have plenty of this delightful drink to enjoy or share with others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServings\u003c\/strong\u003e 29 servings per tub\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitability\u003c\/strong\u003e Vegetarian Society Vegetarian certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGluten and Nut Free\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalal\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for halal\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThis chai powder creates a revitalizing spiced chai latte - a perfect blend for tea lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient 1kg size allows for easy storage and frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple to use with a recipe card available for those looking for guidance in preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVegetarian certified - caters to various dietary lifestyles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGluten and nut free - accessible for individuals with specific dietary restrictions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to prepare - just add hot water or milk for a quick, delicious drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient serving size - ideal for both home and commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use - enjoyed hot or cold, suitable for different.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRich blend of spices - provides a comforting taste and aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Tea\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVegetarian Society certification\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAssures you're consuming ethical and dietary-compliant choices.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGluten and nut free\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGreat for sharing with friends and family with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e29 servings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting supply ensures you can enjoy your chai whenever you want.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis chai powder excels in various settings, providing a rich and flavorful drink that appeals to many palettes. Here are some optimal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for coffee shops and tea houses looking to diversify their menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for home use, offering convenience for family and guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCan be served at events, adding an inviting touch to gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for cafes wanting to cater to vegetarian and halal diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the chai powder in a dry, cool place away from heat sources and strong odors. Once opened, ensure that the container remains closed to preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I prepare the chai latte?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can prepare a refreshing chai latte by simply mixing the powder with hot water or milk. For precise mixing instructions, refer to the recipe card provided with the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for cold drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Chai Powder can also be used to create delicious iced chai lattes, ideal for warm days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does gluten and nut-free mean for my dietary restrictions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis chai powder contains no gluten or nuts, making it safe for individuals with gluten intolerance or nut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndulge in the comforting blend of Chai Powder 1kg today. Whether for personal use or to delight your customers, this product is a must-have for any chai lover. Shop now!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830238081,"sku":"HT829","price":7.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7720b6265f0d1ee334d778d367858efb.png?v=1781704374"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-rough-cut-white-sugar-cubes-for-beverages","title":"1kg Commercial Rough Cut Sugar Cubes for Beverages","description":"\u003cp\u003eTate \u0026amp; Lyle Rough Cut Sugar Cubes 1kg is an essential product designed for those who enjoy sweetening their beverages with high-quality sugar. Ideal for offices, cafes, or homes, these sugar cubes provide a convenient and precise way to enhance your drinks, merging traditional sweetness with a nod to quality. With their rough cut texture, these cubes not only look appealing but also dissolve perfectly in both hot and cold liquids, making every sip enjoyable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from unrefined sugar derived from the natural juice of sugar cane, these rough cut sugar cubes stand out in terms of quality and taste. They’re not just a sweetener; they guarantee a better deal for third-world producers due to their Fairtrade certification. By choosing these sugar cubes, you’re contributing to ethical trade practices while adding a touch of sweetness to your everyday routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRough cut sugar cubes for enhanced sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFairtrade - guarantees a better deal for third world producers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from the natural juice of sugar cane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConveniently sized for easy use in various beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEthical sourcing through Fairtrade - supports sustainable farming communities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUnrefined product - retains natural flavors for better taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly cube shape - simplifies the sweetening process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile applications - suitable for hot drinks, cold beverages, and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for office settings - easy to share among colleagues or customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Sugar And Sweetener\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFairtrade certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour purchase supports ethical production practices.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural sugar cane juice\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a richer, more authentic sweetness in your beverages.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use cubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick and convenient for sweetening drinks at any time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tate \u0026amp; Lyle Rough Cut Sugar Cubes excel in various settings, making them a versatile choice for any occasion. Their practical design and ethical sourcing make them ideal for the following uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and restaurants for sweetening customer beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffices to provide a simple sweetening option for coffee and tea.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for family gatherings or casual get-togethers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents or parties where drink service is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo special installation is required. Simply place the cubes in a sugar bowl or dispenser for easy access. Store in a cool, dry place to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes a 1kg bag of Tate \u0026amp; Lyle Rough Cut Sugar Cubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the sugar cubes sourced ethically?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are Fairtrade certified, which ensures that farmers receive fair compensation for their products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these sugar cubes be used in cold drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! They dissolve well in both hot and cold beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the difference with Tate \u0026amp; Lyle Rough Cut Sugar Cubes 1kg, where every cube not only elevates your drink but also supports ethical trade. Shop now to enjoy a touch of sweetness responsibly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830270849,"sku":"HP982","price":94.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4e6bff3c40bb7f276d1ac393d2a3dcb1.png?v=1781704374"},{"product_id":"1kg-commercial-tempura-batter-mix-for-seafood-and-vegetables","title":"1kg Commercial Tempura Batter Mix for Seafood and Vegetables","description":"\u003cp\u003e Tempura Batter Mix 1kg is the perfect solution for anyone looking to elevate their frying game, whether you're a home cook or a chef. Designed for those who appreciate the crisp, delicate texture of tempura, this batter mix promises to deliver light and airy results for all your frying needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade with high-quality ingredients, this dry food product allows you to create delicious tempura with ease. It stands out for its unique formulation, which is lighter and more delicate than batters, ensuring that your seafood, chicken, and vegetables stay crispy and flavorful without feeling heavy. Ideal for those following vegan and vegetarian diets, this versatile mix is a fantastic addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA dry mix tempura batter, which is lighter and more delicate than regular batter\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for seafood, chicken, and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for vegan and vegetarian diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLight, airy batter that enhances food texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to prepare, saving you time in the kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use across proteins and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-conscious option for vegan and vegetarian recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConsistent results with every preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReduces the chances of greasy, heavy food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dry Food Goods\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLight and airy texture\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour dishes will maintain a delicate crunch without being overly filling.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time needed to prepare your meals means you can enjoy more time with family and friends.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVegan Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuitable for a wider range of diets, making your menu inclusive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile tempura batter mix excels in various culinary settings, allowing you to create a range of dishes with a touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants focusing on Japanese cuisine\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatered events where light and crispy appetizers are desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens aiming for gourmet results\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks offering unique and delicious fried dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo special installation is required for Tempura Batter Mix. Simply prepare as directed on the package for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I store the batter mix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place, free from the risk of contamination and ingress of moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this batter mix suitable for all kinds of frying?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be used for seafood, chicken, and vegetables, making it versatile for various dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in a deep fryer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Tempura Batter Mix is perfect for use in both frying pans and deep fryers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your frying with the airy, crisp results of Tempura Batter Mix 1kg. Perfect for a variety of dishes, it promises delightful textures that keep your meals light and flavorful. Order today to experience the difference in your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830303617,"sku":"KA662","price":5.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2fe2d132d3f68e5c0757980e1392987f.png?v=1781704374"},{"product_id":"1kg-decaf-espresso-grind-coffee-for-commercial-machines","title":"1kg Decaf Espresso Grind Coffee for Commercial Machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe No.4 Decaf Coffee Espresso Grind 1kg is a thoughtfully crafted coffee blend designed for those who appreciate rich flavors without the jitters. Perfect for coffee enthusiasts and casual drinkers alike, this decaffeinated option ensures you can enjoy your espresso rituals at any hour of the day, all while maintaining a smooth and delightful palate. With its easy-drinking profile, it allows you to explore intricate flavor notes without compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted in the UK, this high-quality coffee uses 100% Arabica beans, ensuring each cup is packed with character and taste. The beans are expertly blended and roasted to preserve their nutty and sweet profiles, solving the issue of sacrificing flavor for a caffeine-free lifestyle. Unlike typical decaf options that can be bitter or bland, No.4 delivers a taste experience that you'll find captivating and enjoyable, making it an excellent choice for espresso machines operating at 9 bar pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrind Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Espresso Grind - a fine grind suitable for Commercial Espresso machines operating at 9 bar pressure\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Arabica\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcessing \u003c\/strong\u003e Washed \u0026amp; MC Process\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAltitude\u003c\/strong\u003e 900-1000m\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e Cocoa, Caramel, Praline\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAll of the taste, none of the caffeine, perfect for all-day enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eNutty and sweet characteristics that create a rich flavor experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to brew for coffee lovers who need a caffeine-free option.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRoasted with care to ensure maximum flavor retention and freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eConvenient storage recommendations to maintain quality, encouraging proper usage.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e100% Arabica beans ensure a smoother, richer taste.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCaffeine-free option allows for enjoyment any time of day.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eWashed \u0026amp; MC processing retains the nuanced flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eNutty and sweet flavor profile appeals to a wide range of palates.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFine espresso grind enhances extraction for a satisfying brew.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRoasted and packed in the UK, supporting local businesses.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Coffee\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCaffeine-free option\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy coffee without the jitters, even in the evening.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eRich flavor notes\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eExperience a delightful cup that satisfies your cravings.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eExpertly roasted\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEach cup tastes fresh, maximizing your coffee experience.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe No.4 Decaf Coffee Espresso Grind 1kg is perfect for various settings, thanks to its balanced profile and espresso grind. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome espresso machines for personal enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCafés looking to offer decaf options without sacrificing flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eOffice environments where employees prefer a caffeine-free brew.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants that want to provide a high-quality coffee selection.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEvents where guests appreciate rich coffee without caffeine.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, store the coffee in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Avoid refrigeration to maintain its fresh flavor. It’s recommended to consume the coffee within two weeks of opening for optimal taste.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the primary ingredient in No.4 Decaf Coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe coffee is made from 100% blended and roasted Arabica beans.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eStore the coffee away from direct sunlight and do not refrigerate. Use within two weeks of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat flavor notes can I expect from this decaf coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYou can enjoy flavor notes of cocoa, caramel, and praline, making it a delight for the senses.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eIndulge in the rich taste of the No.4 Decaf Coffee Espresso Grind 1kg. With its delightful flavor profile and caffeine-free assurance, it’s time to elevate your coffee experience. Order today and enjoy every sip without compromise!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830401921,"sku":"HS536","price":42.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c8db35dd4c02e35db147184e8ef1aa80.png?v=1781704376"},{"product_id":"1kg-ground-coffee-omni-grind-suitable-for-cafetiere-and-filter","title":"1kg Ground Coffee Omni Grind Suitable for Cafetiere and Filter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe No.2 Coffee Omni Grind 1kg is a distinguished coffee blend crafted for coffee enthusiasts who appreciate rich flavors and exceptional quality. This 100% Arabica coffee, sourced and roasted with care, brings a robust experience perfect for those who desire a formidable cup of coffee that stands out in taste and aroma. Each cup serves as a moment of indulgence, turning a routine morning into something sublime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand-roasted in the UK, this Omni Grind blend ensures versatility, making it suitable for both cafetiere and filter coffee machines. Its superior quality lies not only in the meticulously selected beans but also in its balanced flavor profile that caters to various palates. The No.2 Coffee solves the need for a multi-use coffee that doesn’t compromise on taste, offering flavor notes of cocoa, molasses, and dark chocolate for a well-rounded cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrind Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Omni-grind - suitable for cafetiere and filter coffee machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Arabica\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural Process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAltitude\u003c\/strong\u003e 800-1200m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Info (per 100g)\u003c\/strong\u003e 0kJ\/0Kcal, Fat 0g, Saturated fat 0g, Carbohydrates 0g, Sugar 0g, Fibre 0g, Protein 0.1g, Salt 0.002g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNutty, sweet, and full-bodied flavor makes for a pleasant and enjoyable drinking experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-roasted and packed to perfection, ensuring freshness and quality in every bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavor notes of cocoa, molasses, and dark chocolate create a rich taste profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConveniente to store—simply keep away from direct sunlight and avoid refrigeration to maintain quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1kg size offers a generous supply for daily coffee enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOmni grind makes it versatile for different brewing methods, satisfying various preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural processing enhances the coffee’s inherent sweetness, making each cup flavorful.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshly roasted and packed in the UK to guarantee quality and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStoring away from sunlight ensures the coffee retains its rich flavors longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimal nutritional content makes it an ideal choice for calorie-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Coffee\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Arabica beans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a smoother, less acidic coffee experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile grind\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect for any brew, from French presses to pour-overs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRich flavor notes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA complex tasting experience with every sip, filled with cocoa and dark chocolate undertones.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-roasted quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerceived craftsmanship and attention to detail in every bag.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvenient storage instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy-to-follow care allows you to maximize freshness.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe No.2 Coffee is suited for various and settings, making it a versatile choice for coffee lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for home brewing, enhancing your morning routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for cafes looking to provide customers with a memorable coffee experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA great addition to offices, promoting team bonding over quality coffee breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used for coffee tastings or events, showcasing a unique flavor profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat gift for coffee aficionados who appreciate quality and flavor variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the freshness of your coffee, store the bag away from direct sunlight. Avoid refrigerating, and consume within 2 weeks of opening for optimal flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brewing methods can I use with No.2 Coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis coffee is versatile, with an omni grind suitable for both cafetiere and filter coffee machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store this coffee after opening?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is recommended to store it away from direct sunlight and consume it within two weeks of opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat flavors can I expect from this coffee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect rich flavor notes of cocoa, molasses, and dark chocolate in your cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the rich, nutty flavor of the No.2 Coffee Omni Grind 1kg today. Order now and elevate your coffee rituals with superb quality and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830434689,"sku":"HS530","price":42.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c0dbcf6b444303d04fbb8f2b720c6bb8.png?v=1781704376"},{"product_id":"1l-banana-puree-vegan-gluten-free-ideal-for-cocktails","title":"1L Banana Puree - Vegan, Gluten Free, Ideal for Cocktails","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Simply Banana Puree 1Ltr is a versatile ingredient designed for anyone looking to add a splash of tropical flavor to their beverages and culinary creations. Perfect for chefs, bartenders, and home cooks alike, this fruit puree allows you to delicious cocktails and healthy mocktails with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from real bananas, this puree is the solution to transforming simple drinks into refreshing tropical experiences. Its high-quality composition ensures a smooth texture and rich flavor, setting it apart in the market. Ideal for creating unique mixes, the Simply Banana Puree not only promotes flavor but also offers the convenience of use with its easy pour lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1L\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegetarian Society Certified\u003c\/strong\u003e Vegan-certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGluten Free\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNut Free\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in dry, cool ambient conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade with real fruit puree, ensuring 100% fruit flavor in your drink recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy pour lid designed for mess-free dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect base for cocktails and mocktails, elevating your drink menu effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVegan certified - suitable for a wide range of dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGluten and nut free, making it ideal for allergy-sensitive applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient pour lid - easy to use and minimizes spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReal fruit usage delivers authentic flavor in every sip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile ingredient for both alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for both and at-home cocktail enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllergy-friendly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for guests with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly enhance your drink offerings without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMade from real fruit\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAuthentic taste that elevates every beverage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Simply Banana Puree is incredibly adaptable, catering to various environments and settings. Its rich flavor profile makes it an excellent choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCocktail bars and restaurants looking to innovate their drink menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent planners aiming to provide unique beverage options at parties and weddings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for crafting tropical smoothies and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés wanting to create signature banana-flavored beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal freshness, store the Simply Banana Puree in a dry, cool environment, away from heat sources and odors. Ensure that the cap area remains clean to maintain product integrity after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the banana puree?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in dry, cool ambient conditions, away from heat sources and odorous materials. Keep the container closed once opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Simply Banana Puree is Vegetarian Society Vegan certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this puree in baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this puree can be incorporated into various baking recipes for added flavor and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your drink offerings today with Simply Banana Puree 1Ltr and experience the tropical twist it brings. Order now for delicious cocktails and refreshing mocktails!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830467457,"sku":"HT834","price":24.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/176621d83330f8995f3ab126312f24bf.png?v=1781704379"},{"product_id":"1l-commercial-banana-puree-for-shakes-cocktails-and-smoothies","title":"1L Commercial Banana Purée for Shakes Cocktails and Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Banana Purée 1Ltr is an exceptional addition to your beverage repertoire, designed for bars, cafes, and home mixologists alike. This fruit purée is perfect for effortlessly crafting delicious shakes, cocktails, mocktails, and smoothies, delivering a rich banana flavor that elevates your drinks to the next level.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eMade from high-quality, real fruit, this purée stands out as a versatile ingredient in both sweet and savory applications. It is free from artificial colors and flavorings, GMO-free, and registered with The Vegan Society, making it a safe choice for diverse dietary preferences. The Banana Purée effortlessly adds a handcrafted touch to your drinks, providing a solution for those looking to impress customers or guests with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 240(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e 1353kj\/319kcal per 100ml\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFat\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5g per 100ml\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbohydrates\u003c\/strong\u003e 78g per 100ml\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtein\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.7g per 100ml\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSalt\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01g per 100ml\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFibre\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3g per 100ml\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for creating super-speedy shakes, sodas, cocktails, mocktails, and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eMade with real fruit for authentic taste.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colours and flavourings for quality you can trust.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGMO free, ensuring a natural product.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCoeliac friendly, suitable for various dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGreat for drizzling over drinks for a handcrafted finish that impresses.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePremium taste profile enhances the quality of drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use packaging ensures hassle-free pouring and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with a range of beverages, allowing for creativity.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eConsistent quality gives reliable results every time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for high-volume use, ideal for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eConvenient 1L size provides ample supply for all cocktail and drink needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fruit Purees And Cocktail Mixes\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReal fruit ingredient\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAuthentic flavor for an enhanced drinking experience.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eVegan registered\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eInclusive choice for various dietary lifestyles.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eNo artificial additives\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePure taste without harmful ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eHigh versatility\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eUse in cocktails, desserts, or standalone drinks for creativity.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Banana Purée is especially suited for diverse settings where quality and efficiency are top priorities. Below are key applications: \u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCafés, to create signature smoothies or banana-based beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBars, enhancing cocktails with a natural fruit flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants, for use in desserts and as a drink garnish.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens, bringing a touch of quality to everyday drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis purée comes ready to use; simply shake well before pouring. Store in a cool, dry place after opening to maintain freshness, and keep refrigerated for optimal quality.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the shelf life of Banana Purée?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eOnce opened, it should be consumed within 4 weeks when stored in the refrigerator.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Banana Purée suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is registered with The Vegan Society, ensuring it meets vegan standards.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this purée be used in baking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be incorporated into baking recipes for added flavor and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and exceptional taste of Banana Purée 1Ltr. Whether you're crafting drinks for customers or enjoying a refreshing beverage at home, this purée is your perfect companion. Order today and elevate your creations! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830532993,"sku":"DX606","price":48.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9efcc7bc88e725eaf605d576c6a5debc.png?v=1781704380"},{"product_id":"1l-commercial-chai-syrup-for-beverages-and-desserts","title":"1L Commercial Chai Syrup for Beverages and Desserts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Chai Syrup 1Ltr is an inviting addition to any beverage lover’s collection, designed for those who cherish the warm, aromatic essence of chai. Ideal for café owners and home baristas alike, this syrup delivers the rich, spiced flavor that elevates your drinks to a whole new level. With its easy-to-use pump mechanism, simply add to your creations to unlock the perfect balance of sweetness and spice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured in Bristol, UK, the Chai Syrup is crafted with care, using high-quality British sugar and natural flavors, ensuring a wholesome product. This syrup not only enhances drinks but can also be a versatile ingredient in your baking repertoire. Free from artificial colors and preservatives, it stands out as a natural choice, catering to vegan lifestyles and health-conscious consumers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 296(H) x 85.5(W) x 85.5(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarm and mellow sweetness, perfect for various beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade in Bristol, UK, ensuring quality and freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUse 2 pumps to flavor a 12oz drink effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreate a warming spiced chai latte, decadent hot chocolate, or refreshing frappé.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile ingredient that can also be used in baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRegistered with The Vegan Society, making it a guilt-free choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural flavors provide authenticity in every sip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use pump for consistent flavoring without mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for creating café-style drinks at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use in various recipes adds unique flavor dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial additives, appealing to health-conscious users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupports vegan lifestyles, making it accessible to a wider audience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Syrup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy guilt-free, wholesome flavors in your beverages.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExplore delicious chai-inspired drinks and baked goods with one product.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConvenient pump feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly add the perfect amount of flavor to your drinks without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chai Syrup is exceptionally adaptable, making it a favorite among various settings such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops for specialty drink menus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants as a unique addition to dessert offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for spiced cakes and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for cozy beverages and creative recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering to impress guests with signature drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo special installation is required. Simply place the syrup bottle in an accessible location for easy use, and ensure it is stored in a cool, dry place to maintain its quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the shelf life of Chai Syrup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe syrup has a shelf life when stored properly, ensuring you can enjoy it for many uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Chai Syrup gluten-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the syrup is produced without gluten-containing ingredients, catering to those with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this syrup for iced drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! Chai Syrup is perfect for both hot and iced beverages, allowing for endless drink possibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the delightful versatility and rich flavor of Chai Syrup 1Ltr. This syrup not only enhances beverages but also opens doors to creative culinary possibilities. Order today and elevate your drink offerings to new heights!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830565761,"sku":"FS241","price":28.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/09761ef20891339dae424ea1658a6fe8.png?v=1781704380"},{"product_id":"1l-commercial-cloudy-lemonade-syrup-concentrate-for-drinks","title":"1L Commercial Cloudy Lemonade Syrup Concentrate for Drinks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Premium Cloudy Lemonade Concentrate 1Ltr is a versatile syrup perfect for anyone looking to elevate their beverages with a refreshingly zesty lemonade flavor. Ideal for bartenders, home mixologists, and anyone who enjoys crafting delicious drinks, this concentrate allows you to create splendid lemonades, mocktails, sodas, smoothies, and teas effortlessly. Its concentrated formula ensures that a little goes a way, making it a cost-effective choice for satisfying thirst on warm summer days or to add a refreshing twist to any drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality ingredients, this lemonade concentrate prioritizes flavor without compromising on health. The Premium Cloudy Lemonade is made using natural flavorings and comes with various dietary advantages. It is nut-free, alcohol-free, and suitable for both vegan and vegetarian diets. This concentrate not only provides the authentic taste of lemonade but also meets diverse dietary preferences, making it an excellent choice for gatherings and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutritional Info\u003c\/strong\u003e per 100ml: 167Kcal \/ 699Kj\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFat\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.0g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugars\u003c\/strong\u003e 37.7g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSalt\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDilution Ratio – Mix 30ml of Cloudy Lemonade with 250ml of water for a classic drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile – Suitable for crafting various beverages, including mocktails, sodas, and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDietary Friendly – Nut-free, alcohol-free, Halal, and Kosher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNatural Flavorings – Experience the authentic taste of lemonade crafted from quality ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to Use – Simple dilution process ensures perfect lemonade every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile Applications – Ideal for a wide range of beverages, enhancing flavors in creative drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDietary Considerations – Enjoy flavors that cater to various dietary needs, perfect for gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCost-Effective – As a concentrated syrup, it provides multiple servings per bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for All – Perfect for parties, picnics, or simply refreshing drinks at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Syrups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e a variety of refreshing drinks suitable for any occasion.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNatural Ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy great taste without artificial additives or preservatives.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick preparation means you can whip up delicious drinks in seconds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDietary Flexibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows everyone to enjoy a refreshing beverage without worry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis concentrated syrup excels in numerous settings, making it an excellent addition to various drink making situations. It’s perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and restaurants looking to expand their beverage menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome entertaining, offering guests a variety of delightful drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and parties, where refreshing drinks are essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes serving refreshing drinks during hot days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo use, simply dilute the concentrate with still or sparkling water as per preferred taste. Store in a cool, dry place, and make to reseal tightly after use to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I prepare drinks with Premium Cloudy Lemonade Concentrate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDilute 30ml of the concentrate with 250ml of still or sparkling water for a classic lemonade. You can adjust the dilution to your taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this product suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is nut-free, alcohol-free, Halal, and Kosher, making it a great option for a variety of dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat flavors can I mix with Cloudy Lemonade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can enhance the lemonade by mixing it with other flavored syrups or fruit purees for a personalized drink experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the refreshing taste of the Premium Cloudy Lemonade Concentrate today and add a burst of flavor to your beverages! Shop now to create delightful drinks that cater to all tastes and preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830598529,"sku":"FU454","price":28.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/87eb6450c0c6805ea998570d3c0205a5.png?v=1781704381"},{"product_id":"1l-cookie-dough-syrup-for-coffee-and-desserts-vegan-friendly","title":"1L Cookie Dough Syrup for Coffee and Desserts - Vegan Friendly","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Cookie Dough Syrup - 1Ltr, a delightful addition for those who crave a sweet, nostalgic cookie dough flavor in their beverages. Perfect for cafes, coffee shops, or home use, this syrup enhances your drinks, delivering an incredibly rich taste with every sip. Imagine the charming combination of brown sugar, vanilla, and chocolate swirling through your favorite coffees, hot chocolates, or frappés.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a focus on quality, the Cookie Dough Syrup's formulation features no artificial flavors, ensuring a pure and satisfying experience for your taste buds. Made for everyone, this syrup is vegan and allergen-free, making it a versatile choice in various dietary preferences. The bottle is also environmentally friendly, made from 100% recycled plastic, showcasing a commitment to sustainability while providing a delicious product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 296(H) x 85.5(W) x 85.5(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSweet, nostalgic cookie dough flavour, elevating your drinks to a new level of enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNotes of brown sugar, vanilla and chocolate for a comforting and rich taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for coffees, hot chocolates, and frappés, perfect for any beverage enthusiast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVegan, allergen-free, and Halal certified, catering to a wide range of dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContains no artificial flavours, ensuring a natural and wholesome experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBottle made from 100% recycled plastic, supporting an eco-friendly lifestyle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInvokes feelings of nostalgia with a classic cookie dough flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances both hot and cold beverages for year-round enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for commercial use or home barista creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffers versatility across a range of recipes and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally responsible packaging appeals to conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to use with a squeeze bottle for precise measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Syrup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVegan and allergen-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEveryone can enjoy it without dietary worries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e100% recycled packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou contribute to reducing plastic waste with each purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo artificial flavors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou experience the authentic taste in every drop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDiverse applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEndless possibilities for a wide range of drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cookie Dough Syrup excels in various settings, making it a versatile ingredient for numerous applications. Here’s where it shines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for coffee shops aiming to diversify their menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for dessert cafes looking to enhance their drink offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful for home baristas experimenting with new flavor profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for cocktail creation, adding depth to mixed drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFantastic for milkshakes and frappés, delivering sweetness and nostalgia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the quality of Cookie Dough Syrup, store it in a cool, dry place at ambient temperature. This will ensure the syrup retains its flavor and freshness over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the syrup made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cookie Dough Syrup is crafted without artificial flavors, focusing on natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the syrup suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this syrup is vegan, allergen-free, and Halal certified, making it accessible for various dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow should I store the syrup once opened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is best stored in a cool, dry place at ambient temperature to maintain its quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the joy of rich, sweet flavor in your beverages with the Cookie Dough Syrup. Perfect for a range of drinks, order your bottle today and transform how you enjoy your favorites!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830664065,"sku":"KA758","price":10.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8194a8edfc98f37fcb7acc3ce3f0b97b.png?v=1781704383"},{"product_id":"1l-green-mint-syrup-for-commercial-desserts-and-beverages","title":"1L Green Mint Syrup for Commercial Desserts and Beverages","description":"\u003cp\u003e Green Mint Syrup is an exceptional infusion designed for dessert aficionados and beverage creators alike. This vibrant syrup provides a refreshing flavor that elevates your drinks, making it ideal for coffee shops, restaurants, or even your home kitchen. The biggest benefit is how effortlessly it enhances the taste of mochas, hot chocolates, frappes, and sodas, allowing you to impress customers and guests with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with care, this syrup boasts a high-quality formula free from artificial colors, ensuring a natural taste and appearance. Packaged in a bottle made from 100% recycled plastic, Green Mint Syrup aligns with eco-friendly values, catering to environmentally conscious consumers. Its vegan and Halal certifications further broaden its appeal, making it suitable for a wide range of dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 296(H) x 85.5(W) x 85.5(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% recycled plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1L\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Vibrant green\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCertification\u003c\/strong\u003e Vegan and Halal certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAllergenic Properties\u003c\/strong\u003e Allergen free\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEye-catching vibrant green color enhances drink presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use in a variety of beverages, including frapuccinos and sodas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colors, ensuring a natural and authentic taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEthically sourced and made in the UK, supporting local production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVegan certification means it fits effortlessly into plant-based diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHalal certification ensures it caters to a diverse clientele.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAllergen-free formulation guarantees safety for those with dietary restrictions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBright color draws attention, making beverages look enticing and appealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to mix and use in various beverage recipes for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly packaging resonates with eco-aware consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dessert Sauces And Syrups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVibrant green color\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the visual appeal of your drinks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo artificial colors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers a natural taste and peace of mind for health-conscious customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVegan and Halal certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows you to serve a wider variety of customers and cater to their dietary needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllergen-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides safer beverage options for guests with food allergies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Green Mint Syrup shines in diverse settings, making it a versatile addition to your culinary toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés looking to diversify their beverage menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants wanting to create signature drinks that stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens aiming to impress with homemade frappés and refreshing sodas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars crafting playful and unique cocktail creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents where visually appealing drinks are a must.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure quality, store the Green Mint Syrup in a cool, dry place at ambient temperature. This will maintain its flavor integrity and vibrant color for the best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Green Mint Syrup used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis syrup is perfect for enhancing the flavor of beverages like mochas, frappes, hot chocolates, and sodas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the syrup suitable for vegans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Green Mint Syrup is certified vegan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for cooking as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile primarily designed for beverages, it can also be used creatively in desserts and cooking for added mint flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your beverage game and indulge in delightful mint-infused creations. Order your Green Mint Syrup today and unlock a new world of flavor possibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810830696833,"sku":"KA764","price":10.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bd3e66096fd61991d7543d1a45a9a769.png?v=1781704383"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/collections\/cat-consumables.png?v=1781881729","url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/consumables.oembed?page=38","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}